medicine - assets · 2005-09-08 · epidurals in obstetrics.the book is fully comprehensive,...
TRANSCRIPT
Medicine
Anesthesia
Emergency Medicine
Epidemiology andMedical Statistics
Hematology andOncology
Infectious Disease
Medical Imaging
Neurology andClinical Neuroscience
Nursing
Pediatrics and ChildHealth
Psychiatry
ReproductiveMedicine
Surgery
Journals
www.cambridge.org/medicine 2006
ContentsAnesthesia and Intensive Care 1Emergency Medicine 7Epidemiology and Medical
Statistics 8General Medicine 11Geriatrics 14Hematology and Oncology 15Infectious Diseases 19Mac Keith Press Titles 20Medical Ethics 25Medical Imaging 30Neurology and Clinical
Neuroscience 34Neonatology 40Nursing 41Obstetrics and Gynaecology 42Pathology 43Pediatrics 44Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 46Psychiatry, Clinical & Health
Psychology 49Public Health 60Reproductive Medicine 61Respiratory Medicine 63Surgery 64Transplantation 66Author and Title Index 67
Highlights
� See page 55 � See page 2
� See page 9
� See page 30
� See page 64
Cambridge University Press is the printing and publishing house of the University of Cambridge,and is the oldest press in the world. It is a charitable enterprise required by University Statute to devote itself to printing and publishing in the furtherance of the acquisition, advancement,conservation, and dissemination of knowledge in all subjects; to the advancement of education,religion, learning, and research; and to the advancement of literature and good letters.
Useful contactsBook proposals: Richard Marley, Publishing Director,
Medicine([email protected])
For further information about medicine titles:Cherrill Richardson ([email protected])
All other enquiries, phone +44 (0) 1223 312393or email [email protected]
Prices and PaymentPrices and publication dates are correct at the time ofgoing to press but are subject to alteration without notice.
www.cambridge.org/medicineThis catalogue contains a selection of our most recent publishing inthis area. Please visit our website for a full and searchable listing ofall our titles in print and also an extensive range of news, featuresand resources. Our online ordering service is secure and easy to use.
journals.cambridge.orgMany of our journal titles are now available online. Each journalentry in this catalogue indicates where the price includes, or will include, access to the electronicversion of the journal. Full text is available FREE to all individuals within the registered domainaddress of full rate subscribers. In addition, the service provides all users with FREE access totables of contents and abstracts, and a FREE email alerting service.
The book industry ischanging its numberingsystem. When quotingthe ISBN, please useeither the 13 or 10 digitISBN (shown in brackets)when ordering during2005 and 2006.
1
Anesthesia,Intensive Care,PainManagement
TEXTBOOK
Essential AnesthesiaFrom Science to PracticeT. Y. EulianoUniversity of Florida
and J. S. GravensteinUniversity of Florida
This is a concise, accessible introductionto the essentials of anesthesia, suitablefor medical students, junior doctors andall operating theatre staff. The firstsection of the book describes theevaluation of the patient, the differentapproaches to anesthesia, and thepostoperative care of the patient inpain. The next section introduces theessentials of physiology andpharmacology. The final section presentsa step by step description of clinicalcases, ranging from the simplest to themost complex.
• Describes and explains the clinicaltasks of the anesthetist
• Illustrated with a step-by-step accountof 8 clinical cases
• Clearly explains the clinical physiologyof the cardiovascular and respiratorysystem and pharmacologyEssential Medical Texts for Students andTrainees
2004 246 x 189 mm 262pp 59 line diagrams 59 tables978 0 521 53600 4 (0 521 53600 6)Paperback £24.99
Capnography: ClinicalAspectsCarbon Dioxide over Time andVolumeEdited by J. S. GravensteinUniversity of Florida
Michael B. JaffeRespironics-Novametrix, Conneticut
and David A. PaulusUniversity of Florida
Carbon dioxide in the respired gasesgives evidence of life processes and theadequacy of breathing. The amount andconcentration of the gas in the breathcan be measured and monitored withinstruments called capnographs, whichare used whenever and wherever the
breathing of a patient might be affectedby disease or treatment. The book dealsnot only with the clinical application ofthese devices but also with the basicphysiology of the generation andtransport of carbon dioxide in the body.
• Applications of capnography not onlyin the OR and the ICU but also in manynon-hospital settings
• A sophisticated discussion of thephysiology of carbon dioxide by severalwell known authors
• A unique history of capnography2004 246 x 189 mm 460pp 208 line diagrams 49 tables978 0 521 54034 6 (0 521 54034 8)Hardback £65.00
Anaesthetic AideMemoireSecond editionJohn UrquhartWest Suffolk Hospital, Bury St Edmunds
and John HallWest Suffolk Hospital, Bury St Edmunds
With Pamela ChrispinJeremy MaugerDeborah Meldrumand John Slade
This new and fully updated edition ofAnaesthetic Aide-Memoire provides acompilation of key lists, numerical data,physiological and pharmacologicalformulae, procedural algorithms andimportant information on illnessespertaining to anaesthesia.
2004 186 x 123 mm 192pp 20 line diagrams978 1 841 10192 7 (1 841 10192 3)Paperback £17.99
AnaestheticEquipmentPrinciples and PracticeAngella Bryanand Nigel Harper
Using an innovative layout of compositediagrams with detailed labelling, andfacing pages of explanatory text, thisbook covers essential features of all keyequipment in use by the modernanaesthestheist, explaining clearly howeach device works and highlighting thecommon pitfalls that might beencountered.
2004 246 x 189 mm 180pp978 1 841 10143 9 (1 841 10143 5)Paperback £27.50
Anaesthesia from FirstPrinciplesIan CurranSt Thomas’ Hospital, London
and Matt JonesWilliam Harvey Hospital, Ashford, Kent
This concise book provides anintroductory account of anaesthesia fortrainees not necessarily going on topursue anaesthesia as a career, such asmedical undergraduates or ODAs, andfor related groups such as postgraduatenurses or theatre nurse andpostgraduate trainees in accident andemergency medicine, all of whomrequire a basic knowledge of theessentials of anaesthesia.
2005 234 x 156 mm 208pp 35 line diagrams978 1 841 10157 6 (1 841 10157 5)Paperback £14.99Publication October 2005
Recent Advances inAnaesthesia andIntensive CareVolume 23Edited by J. N. CashmanUniversity of London
and R. M. GroundsUniversity of London
Recent Advances in Anaesthesia andIntensive Care 23 is the latest volume inthis very successful and long-establishedseries (previously entitled RecentAdvances in Anaesthesia and Analgesia)to present a series of cutting-edgetopics for anaesthetists from some ofthe world’s leading authorities in theirsubjects.Recent Advances
2005 234 x 156 mm 240pp 24 line diagrams 3 half-tones978 1 841 10145 3 (1 841 10145 1)Paperback £35.00
Physics forAnaesthesiaTed LinGlenfield Hospital, Leicester
Complex principles are illustrated withsimple and easily reproducible linediagrams and uses ‘real world’ examplesthroughout. It will become an essentialreference for all healthcare personnelwho need to know about the physicalprinciples underlying anaesthetic practice.
2005 234 x 156 mm 272pp 100 line diagrams978 1 841 10074 6 (1 841 10074 9)Paperback £24.99Publication October 2005
Anesthesia, Intensive Care, Pain Management
Visit our website at www.cambridge.orgVisit our website at www.cambridge.org
2
Epidurals forChildbirthSecond editionAnne MayLeicester Royal Infirmary
The only guide currently available onepidurals in obstetrics. The book is fullycomprehensive, covering all medicalaspects of epidurals including therelevant anatomy and physiology. Thishandbook will be an ideal easyreference for all junior anaesthetists,midwives, and operating departmentpractitioners.
2006 234 x 156 mm 208pp 30 line diagrams978 1 841 10189 7 (1 841 10189 3)Paperback £19.50
OrthopaedicAnaesthesiaJaques ChellyUniversity of Pittsburgh Medical Centre
Guido FanelliHospital San Raffaele, Milan
and Andrea CasatiHospital San Raffaele, Milan
Written and edited by internationalexperts in the field, this book covers allaspects of orthopaedic anaesthesia inan up-to-date, concise andcomprehensive way. Fully illustratedthroughout, the book is essentialreading for anaesthetists at all levels ofexperience.
2005 246 x 189 mm 256pp978 1 841 10155 2 (1 841 10155 9)Hardback £70.00Publication September 2005
TEXTBOOK
Top Tips inAnaesthesiaEdited by T. M. Perrisand C. S. BrudneyDuke University Medical Center, Durham
This book presents the essentials forthose working in anaesthesia. Itcontains, short and fuller descriptions oftechniques that experts have found tobe useful in difficult situations. It is nota comprehensive document on theentire conduct of anaesthesia but asample of advice on selected topics.
2005 186 x 123 mm 80pp978 1 841 10171 2 (1 841 10171 0)Paperback £14.99
Morbid ObesityPeri-Operative ManagementEdited by Adrian O. AlvarezIMETCO, Buenos Aires
Edited in association with Jay B.BrodskyUniversity School of Medicine, Stanford
Martin A. AlpertUniversity of Missouri School of Medicine,Columbia
and George S. M. Cowan
Morbid obesity can have a number ofimportant implications for anaestheticpractice. This comprehensive book,written by international experts in thefield, covers all aspects of obesity thatmay impact upon the practice of theanaesthetist, intensivist or otherhealthcare professional dealing with theobese patient.
2004 246 x 189 mm 434pp 25 line diagrams 33 half-tones978 1 841 10188 0 (1 841 10188 5)Hardback £70.00
Textbook ofNeuroanaesthesia andCritical CareSecond editionEdited by Basil F. MattaUniversity of Cambridge
David K. MenonUniversity of Cambridge
and John M. TurnerUniversity of Cambridge
2006 978 1 841 10233 7 (1 841 10233 4)Paperback £85.00Publication October 2006
Textbook of ObstetricAnaesthesiaEdited by Rachel E. CollisUniversity Hospital of Wales
Felicity PlaatQueen Charlotte’s Hospital, London
and John UrquhartWest Suffolk Hospital
Textbook of Obstetric Anaesthesia is acomprehensive, completely up-to-dateand fully illustrated account of allaspects of modern obstetricanaesthesia, as practised today. Writtenby a multidisciplinary team of expertcontributors, it features state-of-the-artchapters covering everything fromdepartmental audit to cutting-edgepractice for neonatal resuscitation andadministration of mobile epidurals.
2002 246 x 189 mm 344pp 200 line diagrams978 1 900 15177 1 (1 900 15177 4)Hardback £40.00
Anaesthesia forMinimally InvasiveSurgeryThomas Allen CrozierGeorg-August-Universität, Göttingen, Germany
This up-to-date, comprehensive, andpractically oriented introduction to thesubject will be of value to allanaesthetists with an interest inminimally invasive techniques.
2004 246 x 189 mm 210pp 90 line diagrams 50 half-tones 47 tables978 1 841 10191 0 (1 841 10191 5)Hardback £50.00
Fundamentals ofAnaesthesiaSecond editionEdited by Colin PinnockAlexandra Hospital, Redditch
Ted LinGlenfield Hospital, Leicester
and Tim SmithAlexandra Hospital, Redditch
Edited in association with RobertJonesGlenfield Hospital, Leicester
Written and edited by a team of expertcontributors, it provides acomprehensive but easily readableaccount of all of the informationrequired by the FRCA Primaryexamination candidate and has beenexpanded to include more detail on alltopics and to include new topics nowcovered in the examination.‘Fundamentals of Anaesthesiamanages to combine common sensewith concise information to be an all-in-one anaesthesia textbook. Althoughit is aimed at trainees sitting theprimary FRCA, I suspect it will beuseful for the final fellowship, foranaesthetists returning to clinical workafter time out, and for consultantswanting a brief overview for teachingpurposes.’British Medical Journal, January 2000
2002 246 x 189 mm 984pp 600 line diagrams978 1 841 10114 9 (1 841 10114 1)Paperback £65.00
Anesthesia, Intensive Care, Pain Management
3
Fundamentals ofRegional AnaesthesiaH. B. J. FischerAlexandra Hospital, Redditch
and C. A. PinnockAlexandra Hospital, Redditch
This superbly illustrated book provides acomprehensive overview of all aspectsof regional anaesthesia for the traineeand practising anaesthetist alike.Written by a team of experts who arewell known in the field of regionalanaesthesia, the book is structuredlogically, with essential anatomy beingfollowed by indications and then theblock techniques themselves.
2004 246 x 189 mm 180pp978 1 841 10126 2 (1 841 10126 5)Hardback £50.00
Concise Anatomy forAnaesthesiaAndreas G. ErdmannEast Anglian Deanery
Concise Anatomy for Anaesthesiapresents the core anatomical knowledgerequired for the Primary and Final FRCAexaminations in a simple andstraightforward manner. The manyillustrations in the book are clear anddesigned to be easy to understand at aglance. Sample examination questionsare included.
2001 234 x 156 mm 208pp 70 line diagrams978 1 841 10069 2 (1 841 10069 2)Hardback £30.00
Anaesthesia for theHigh Risk PatientEdited by Ian McConachieBlackpool Victoria Hospital
This book provides practical informationon the management of high riskpatients presenting for surgery as wellas sufficient background information toenable an understanding of theprinciples and rationale behind theiranaesthetic management. The contentreflects the needs of a broad readershipand presents information not readilyavailable in similar books (e.g. asummary of all CEPOD reports,perioperative renal failure, the role ofthe cardiology consult and indicationsfor admission to ICU and HDU). Theformat of each chapter is designed toprovide rapid access to importantinformation, with key facts and advice
presented concisely. Importantreferences that highlight controversieswithin a subject, and suggestions foruseful further reading are alsopresented.
2002 280pp978 1 841 10072 2 (1 841 10072 2)Paperback £27.00
JOURNAL
European Journal ofAnaesthesiologyEditor-in-Chief: B J PollardManchester Royal Infirmary
Editor: Thomas CrozierGeorg-August Universität, Göttingen
Published by the European Society ofAnaesthesiology
The European Journal ofAnaesthesiology publishes original workof high scientific quality. Preference isgiven to experimental work or clinicalobservation in man, and to laboratorywork of clinical relevance. The Journalalso publishes commissioned reviews byan authority in a field of interest tothose working in anaesthesiology orintensive care. Abstracts of scientificmeetings, editorials, book reviews, newsand notices are also included.Subscriptions
Volume 22 in 2005: MonthlyInstitutions print and electronic: £648/EUR940/$998Institutions electronic only: £639/$985Institutions print only: £639/$985Individuals print plus electronic: £140/$218New in 2005Print ISSN 0265-0215Electronic ISSN 1365-2346
JOURNAL
British Journal ofAnaesthetic andRecovery NursingEditor: Melanie OakleyEpsom General Hospital, Surrey
Published quarterly, the British Journalof Anaesthetic and Recovery Nursing isdevoted to issues affecting clinicalpractice in the field of peri-anaestheticnursing and is the official publication ofthe British Anaesthetic & RecoveryNurses Association (BARNA). TheJournal was launched in January 1999,following on from the previous BARNApublication, Anaesthetic & RecoveryNurse, which was established in 1991.The Journal publishes articles from the
specialty of anaesthetic and recoverynursing, the content includes editorials,original articles, brief reports, reviews,conference reports, news and notices.Subscriptions
Volume 6 in 2005: March, June, Septemberand DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £106/$170Institutions electronic only: £100/$160Institutions print only: £104/$167Individuals print only: £30/$48New in 2005, extra pagesPrint ISSN 1742-6456Electronic ISSN 1744-2192
ExaminationStudy BooksViva
The ClinicalAnaesthesia Viva BookSimon J. MillsNorth West Rotation
Simon L. MaguireNorth West Rotation
and Julian M. BarkerNorth West Rotation
No other book deals specifically withthe clinical case/scenario part of theviva examination. This book has beendesigned to fill this gap and offers notonly well-researched, relevant andcarefully constructed scenarios, but alsoinvaluable advice on preparation for theclinical vivas, based on the authors’recent experience.
2001 234 x 156 mm 272pp 20 line diagrams978 1 841 10070 8 (1 841 10070 6)Paperback £27.00
The AnaesthesiaScience Viva BookSimon BrickerThe Countess of Chester Hospital
Written by the author of the best-sellingShort Answer Questions in Anaesthesia,2nd Edition, this new book is thedefinitive guide to this part of the FRCAexam and is also the perfect companionvolume to The Clinical Anaesthesia VivaBook by Mills et al.
2004 234 x 156 mm 348pp978 1 841 10195 8 (1 841 10195 8)Paperback £30.00
Anesthesia, Intensive Care, Pain Management – Examination Study Aids
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
4
The Anaesthesia VivaA Primary FRCA CompanionVolume 1: Physiology and PharmacologySecond editionJohn UrquhartWest Suffolk Hospital, Bury St Edmunds
Mark BluntQueen Elizabeth Hospital, King Lynn
and Colin PinnockAlexandra Hospital, Redditch
With contributions by Mark Dixon
Now expanded and updated to reflectthe most recent changes in the vivaexamination, this two volume series isan indispensable aid to success in theanaesthesia viva examinations andappropriate to both the Primary FRCAand the Final FRCA.‘ … a useful revision manual forprimary examination candidates.’Anaesthesia and Intensive Care
2002 234 x 156 mm 200pp 80 line diagrams978 1 841 10102 6 (1 841 10102 8)Paperback £27.00
The Anaesthesia VivaVolume 2: Physics, Clinical Measurement,Safety and Clinical AnaesthesiaSecond editionMark BluntQueen Elizabeth Hospital, King’s Lynn
John UrquhartWest Suffolk Hospital, Bury St Edmunds
and Colin PinnockAlexandra Hospital, Redditch
With contributions by Ian Driver
This is the new edition of the secondvolume in this successful and well-known two volume series and coversphysics, measurement, safety, andclinical anaesthesia. The book putstogether over 200 commonly asked vivaquestions in these key areas as well asmodel short answers, supported withclear line diagrams.
2003 234 x 156 mm 168pp 70 line diagrams978 1 841 10103 3 (1 841 10103 6)Paperback £27.00
QBase
QBase AnaesthesiaVolume 7: MCQs for the Primary FRCAEdited by Edward HammondRoyal Devon and Exeter Hospital
and Andrew McIndoeBristol Royal InfirmaryQBase
2005 234 x 156 mm 208pp978 1 841 10116 3 (1 841 10116 8)Mixed Media £23.99Publication October 2005
QBase AnaesthesiaVolume 6: MCQ Companion toFundamentals of AnaesthesiaColin PinnockAlexandra Hospital, Redditch
Robert JonesWithybush Hospital, Haverfordwest
Simon MaguireSouth Manchester University Hospitals Trust
Julian M. BarkerSouth Manchester University Hospitals Trust
and Simon MillsBlackpool Victoria Hospital, BlackpoolQBase
2004 234 x 156 mm 272pp978 1 841 10098 2 (1 841 10098 6)Mixed Media £23.99
QBase AnaesthesiaVolume 5: MCQs for the Final FRCAEdited by Edward Hammondand Andrew McIndoe
2006 0 521 67705 X Mixed MediaPublication October 2006
QBase AnaesthesiaVolume 4: MCQs for the Anaesthesia PrimaryHenry G. W. PawQBase
1998 1 900 15198 7 Mixed Media £23.99
QBase AnaesthesiaVolume 3: MCQs in Medicine for the FRCAEdited by Edward Hammondand Andrew McIndoeWith contributions by Punit RamrakhaEmert WhiteTom Peckand Justine NansonQBase
1997 1 900 15158 8 Mixed Media £23.99
QBase AnaesthesiaVolume 2: MCQs for the Final FRCAEdited by Edward Hammondand Andrew McIndoeWith contributions by Mark BluntJohn IsaacRavi Gilland Mike HerbertsonQBase
1997 1 900 15132 4 Mixed Media £23.99
QBase AnaesthesiaVolume 1: MCQs for the Anaesthesia PrimaryEdited by Edward Hammondand Andrew McIndoeMark BluntAndrew ConeJohn Isaacand Andrew ScottQBase
1997 1 900 15175 8 Mixed Media £23.99
MCQ and OSCE
MCQs for the FinalFRCAKhaled Elfituriand Graham Arthurs
MCQs (Multiple-choice questions) formpart of FRCA (Fellowship of the RoyalCollege of Anaesthetists) examinations.Sample examinations are presented,offering questions with model answers.A comprehensive self-learning tool.
2004 234 x 156 mm 230pp978 1 841 10212 2 (1 841 10212 1)Paperback £19.99
Short AnswerQuestions inAnaesthesiaSecond editionSimon BrickerCountess of Chester Hospital, Liverpool
Vastly expanded and completely re-written, this is the definitive companionand revision aid for the short answerpaper which forms part of the FinalFRCA examination. It contains 180sample questions which cover thebreadth of the specialty and which aredivided into subspecialty areas.
2002 234 x 156 mm 344pp978 1 841 10088 3 (1 841 10088 9)Paperback £30.00
Anesthesia, Intensive Care, Pain Management – Examination Study Aids
5
Anaesthesia OSCESecond editionG. ArthursMaelor Hospital, Wrexham
and K. M. ElfituriMaelor Hospital, Wrexham
The Objective Structured ClinicalExamination (OSCE) assesses key aspectsof anaesthetic competence and forms akey part of the Primary examination ofthe Royal College of Anaesthetists. Thisbook helps the trainee to practise theexamination. This new edition has beenexpanded and updated to reflect recentexamination changes.
2002 234 x 156 mm 448pp 40 line diagrams978 1 841 10087 6 (1 841 10087 0)Paperback £30.00
Intensive Care andPain Manangent
Radiology forAnaesthesia andIntensive CareRichard HopkinsCheltenham General Hospital
Carol PedenRoyal Bath United Hospital
and Sanjay GhandiBristol Royal Infirmary
This concise, fully illustrated book coverskey aspects of imaging that are ofrelevance to anaesthetists and intensivists,and examines all imaging modalities thatare likely to be called upon (plain film, CT,MRI etc.). The book is written by a teamof radiologists and anaesthetists,providing a dual perspective.
2002 234 x 156 mm 352pp 150 line diagrams978 1 841 10119 4 (1 841 10119 2)Paperback £26.00
Handbook of ICUTherapySecond editionIan McConachie
This new, expanded and updatededition of Handbook of ICU Therapybuilds on the success of the first editionand continues to provide conciseupdates on a broad spectrum of issuesrelating to care of the critically illpatient.
2006 234 x 156 mm 292pp978 1 841 10190 3 (1 841 10190 7)Paperback £24.99
Pharmacology forAnaesthesia andIntensive CareSecond editionT. E. PeckRoyal Hampshire County Hospital
S. A. HillSouthampton University Hospital
and M. WilliamsPort Headland Regional Hospital, WesternAustralia
With contributions by A. S. GriceRoyal Perth Hospital, Australia
and D. S. AldingtonChurchill Hospital, Oxford
Foreword by Peter Hutton
Fully updated and expanded, withadditional contributions from experts inthe field, to include all new drugsavailable to the anaesthetists andintensive care specialist. Coverage ofbasic pharmacological principles hasbeen expanded, and more space hasalso been devoted to antibiotics, animportant area with hospital infectionsbecoming increasingly prevalent. As avalue-for money package. This bookcontinues to provide its readers with theclearest, most concise andcomprehensive coverage of all aspectsof pharmacology for junior and traineesanaesthetists, critical care nurses andhealthcare professionals.
• Comprehensive coverage ofinformation presented in a clear andreader-friendly style, with the emphasison presenting information as opposedto providing lists of complex chemicalformulae
• New edition fully updated to includeall new drugs used in anaesthesia andintensive care
• Key areas such as basicpharmacological principles andantibiotics expanded
2003 234 x 156 mm 390pp 80 line diagrams978 1 841 10166 8 (1 841 10166 4)Paperback £30.00
Essentials of PaediatricIntensive CareC. G. Stackand P. DobbsRoyal Hallamshire Hospital, Sheffield
This is an essential handbook for allthose involved in the care of critically illchildren. It covers all of the key aspectsof paediatric intensive care and alsofeatures a comprehensive ‘list’ of drugscommonly used in paediatricanaesthesia and intensive care,including those used for premedication,anaesthesia, local anaesthesia,analgesia, cardiac anaesthesia,antibiotics, emergency and resuscitationdrugs, inotropes, ‘new’ drugs (e.g. calcium infusions, epoprostenal).
2004 186 x 123 mm 250pp978 1 841 10053 1 (1 841 10053 6)Paperback £14.99
Essentials of PainManagementTimothy Nash
This concise pocketbook provideshealthcare professionals involved inpain management with a practicaloverview of the key issues in thesubject, from a leading expert in thefield, based at one the UK’s leadingcentres of pain research. It will also beinvaluable for medical undergraduatesas a first reference.
2006 186 x 123 mm 208pp 20 line diagrams978 1 841 10183 5 (1 841 10183 4)Paperback £14.99
Core Topics
Core Topics in CardiacAnaesthesiaEdited by Jonathan H. Mackayand Joseph E. Arrowsmith
An easy-to-read introduction to themany topics in cardiac anaesthesia.Comprehensive but concise, as well asbeing a useful and up-to-date‘refresher’ and aide memoire forpractising anaesthetists at all levels ofexperience. It will also serve as avaluable quick reference to all key topicsfor other theatre-based personnel.
2004 234 x 156 mm 388pp 200 line diagrams978 1 841 10133 0 (1 841 10133 8)Hardback £40.00
Anesthesia, Intensive Care, Pain Management – Examination Study Aids
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
6
Core Topics in AirwayManagementEdited by Ian CalderThe National Hospital for Neurology and TheRoyal Free Hospital, London
and Adrian PearceGuy’s and St Thomas’ Hospital, London
This book provides an easy-to-readintroduction to this important topic.Concise but comprehensive chaptersfrom experts in the field cover everythingfrom anatomy, physiology and appliedphysics, through the various methods ofmaintaining the airway underanaesthesia. ‘Real’ clinical scenarios,with patient management questions andmodel answers, are included throughout.
2005 246 x 189 mm 226pp 53 line diagrams 44 tables978 1 841 10158 3 (1 841 10158 3)Hardback £40.00
Core Topics inPerioperative MedicineJonathan HudsmithPeterborough Hospitals, NHS Trust
Dan WheelerUniversity of Cambridge
and Arun GuptaUniversity of Cambridge
This book provides concise, informativechapters on many aspects ofperioperative medicine. It aims to guidethe reader through the perioperativeperiod via short, up-to-date chapters,each giving a comprehensive account ofthe subject and its relevance toperioperative medicine.
2004 234 x 156 mm 298pp978 1 841 10139 2 (1 841 10139 7)Paperback £19.99
Core Cases in ObstetricAnaesthesiaEdited by Mike HarmerUniversity of Wales, College of Medicine, Cardiff
Paul ClyburnUniversity Hospital of Wales, Cardiff
and Rachel CollisUniversity Hospital of Wales, Cardiff
This book describes the clinicalmanagement of some of the mostcommon problems seen in the obstetricpatient. Detailed, illustrative casehistories written by an expert in the field.This book is essential reading for alltrainees in anaesthesia and provides auseful summary of key topics in obstetricanaesthesia in an easily-digested format.
2004 234 x 156 mm 184pp 30 line diagrams978 1 841 10160 6 (1 841 10160 5)Paperback £30.00
Core Topics in PainAnita HoldcroftChelsea and Westminister Hospital, London
and Sian JaggarThe Royal Brompton Hospital, London
A comprehensive, easy-to-readintroduction to this multi-faceted topic,from the underlying neurobiology,through pain assessment (in animalsand humans), diagnostic strategies,clinical presentations, pain syndromes,to the many treatment options (e.g.physical therapies, drug therapies,psychosocial care) and the evidencebase for each of these.
2005 44 line diagrams 4 half-tones978 0 521 85778 9 (0 521 85778 3)Hardback £40.00
Airway Management
Essentials of AirwayManagementEdited by Sylva DolenskaWilliam Harvey Hospital, Kent
Priti DalalWilliam Harvey Hospital, Kent
and Andrew TaylorWilliam Harvey Hospital, Kent
An essential guide to airwaymanagement for trainee anaesthetistsand intensivists, operating departmentpractitioners and anaesthetic/theatrenurses. Emphasis is given to the basicsof airway assessment, how to handlevital emergency procedures and thedifficult airway.
2004 186 x 123 mm 152pp 50 half-tones978 1 841 10153 8 (1 841 10153 2)Paperback £17.99
TracheostomyA Multi-Professional HandbookEdited by Claudia RussellAddenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge
and Basil MattaAddenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge
Tracheostomy: A Multi-ProfessionalHandbook is written by amultidisciplinary team of authors to givea unique perspective of this increasinglywidely-used technique and will supportresearch-based care and managementand deliver patient-focusedrehabilitation. It covers everything fromthe basics of tracheostomy and allaspects of operative care of the patient.
2004 234 x 156 mm 392pp 125 line diagrams978 1 841 10152 1 (1 841 10152 4)Paperback £19.99
PercutaneousTracheostomyA Practical HandbookHenry G. W. PawYork Hospital
and Andrew R. BodenhamLeeds General Infirmary
The invention of positive-pressureventilators and the growth of ICUs haveimproved our ability to keep critically illand mechanically ventilated patientsalive longer, and so prolongedventilatory assistance has become moreand more common. This well illustratedtext provides the newcomer topercutaneous tracheostomy with aperfect introduction.
2004 246 x 189 mm 170pp978 1 841 10142 2 (1 841 10142 7)Hardback £48.00
OperatingDepartment Practice
Operating DepartmentPractice A-ZEdited by Brian Smithand Tom Williams
The Operating Department Practice A-Zfollows a familiar ‘dictionary-like’ formatto present alphabetically the key topicsof interest to ODPs in training and inpractice. Each entry has its own detailedexplanation and the book has a user-friendly format to allow rapid access toinformation.‘… the book has a user-friendly formatto allow rapid access to information. Itis an essential purchase for ODPs, aswell as being a handy quick referencefor medical students and a usefulinformation source for recovery/theatre nurses.’The Operating Theatre Journal
2004 216 x 138 mm 276pp 30 line diagrams978 1 841 10193 4 (1 841 10193 1)Paperback £24.99
Anesthesia, Intensive Care, Pain Management – Examination Study Aids
7
Clinical OperatingDepartment PracticeEdited by Colin InceWhiston Hospital, Mersyside
Andrew SkinnerWhiston Hospital, Mersyside
Barbara StrongWhiston Hospital, Mersyside
and Edmund WhelanWhiston Hospital, Mersyside
This important new title aims to providepractising theatre staff and traineesalike with a comprehensiveunderstanding of anaesthesia, surgeryand recovery that will enable them tocarry out their professional roles inoperating department practice to thehighest possible standards.
2005 246 x 189 mm 400pp978 1 841 10089 0 (1 841 10089 7)Hardback £50.00
Fundamentals ofOperating DepartmentPracticeEdited by Ann DaveyLiverpool John Moores University
and Colin S. InceWhiston Hospital, Prescott
Fundamentals of Operating DepartmentPractice seeks to embrace theknowledge needed for the generictheatre worker, be they nurse oranaesthetic assistant, as envisaged inthe Bevan Report. It clarifies theunderlying principles needed for anunderstanding of anaesthetic andsurgical practice.
1999 978 1 900 15118 4 (1 900 15118 9)Paperback £33.00
EmergencyMedicine andCritical Care
An Introduction toClinical EmergencyMedicineGuide for Practitioners in theEmergency DepartmentEdited by S.V. MahadevanStanford University School of Medicine,California
and Gus M GarmelStanford University School of Medicine,California
An Introduction to Clinical EmergencyMedicine is a newly-conceived textbook,focusing on the skills necessary toprovide emergency care, aimed primarilyat medical students. Emergency healthcare professionals, such as technicians,prehospital care providers, physicianassistants, nurses and nursepractitioners will find this bookstimulating and tremendously valuableas well.
2005 246 x 189 mm 450pp 195 tables320 figures978 0 521 54259 3 (0 521 54259 6)Paperback £45.00
Fundamentals ofOrthopaedics andTraumaEdited by Aljafri MajidKen Millsand Robert Ashford
This book begins with coverage of keyaspects of biomechanics, investigations,perioperative care and anaesthesia andmoves on to prostheses, orthotic braces,the pathology of bone and joint disease,injury, neuromuscular disorders and theindividual surgical management oftrauma and disease to all of the mainareas of the body.
2006 978 0 521 85915 8 (0 521 85915 8)Hardback £80.00
Clinical Intensive Careand Acute MedicineSecond editionKen HillmanUniversity of New South Wales, Sydney
and Gillian BishopLiverpool Health Services
The core of the book focuses on areascommon to all critically ill patientsincluding fluid therapy, sedation, shock,infection and other central topics. Thiskey understanding of basicpathophysiological principles providesan excellent launch pad for the sectionon individual disease entities.‘While the book is specifically directedat junior medical officers, it will alsobe useful as an aid to the part-timeintensivist and postgraduate medicaland nursing education. Even for thoseintensive care units that already havewell defined protocols, this book willfulfil an invaluable educational role.This book is an essential addition to allintensive care libraries.’Anaesthesia and Intensive Care
2004 228 x 152 mm 702pp 52 line diagrams 14 half-tones 128 tables978 0 521 78980 6 (0 521 78980 X)Paperback £55.00
Color Atlas ofEmergency TraumaEdited by Diku P. MandaviaUniversity of Southern California
Edward J. NewtonUniversity of Southern California
and Demetrios DemetriadesUniversity of Southern California
This comprehensive, full-color atlasguides clinicians in managing traumapatients by using the physical cuesparamount to the emergency setting.The 700 images bring the reader to thebedside of patients with the fullspectrum of traumatic injuries while thedescriptive text discusses managementguidelines, workup protocols, andcommon pitfalls.‘This text is a very exciting tour oftrauma through a colourful lens … thisbook presents a unique colourfulsurvey of excellent traumaphotographs from head to toe … thisbook brings to ‘life’ many traumaconditions that might otherwise take alifetime of experience to encounter.’The Journal of Trauma Injury, Infection, andCritical Care
2003 279 x 215 mm 312pp 60 line diagrams 300 half-tones 300 colour plates978 0 521 78148 0 (0 521 78148 5)Hardback £150.00
Emergency Medicine and Critical Care
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
8
Principles and Practiceof EmergencyNeurologyHandbook for EmergencyPhysiciansEdited by Sid M. ShahMichigan State University
and Kevin M. KellyDrexel University, Philadelphia
This symptom-based handbook guidesthe emergency physician in thediagnosis and management of commonand complex neurological disorders.Integrating fundamental neurologicalconcepts with the practical demandsand realities of emergency care, thisreference provides succinct, crucialinformation for all emergency physicianswho diagnose and manage neurologicdisorders.‘This is a carefully edited and carefullywritten multiauthored book … ERphysicians will enjoy reading this book– and learn much from it too. 4 stars.’Doody’s Reviews (refers to textbook version)
2003 253 x 177 mm 454pp 60 line diagrams 40 half-tones 40 tables978 0 521 00980 5 (0 521 00980 4)Paperback £43.00
Cambridge Textbookof Accident andEmergency MedicineEdited by David V. SkinnerJohn Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford
Andrew SwainGeneral Hospital, Weston-Super-Mare
Colin RobertsonRoyal Infirmary, Edinburgh
and J. W. Rodney PeytonSouth Tyrone Hospital
An important reference text forming acomplete dossier of essential andpractical information pertaining to theconditions regularly encountered in anemergency situation.‘… good value. This Cambridge bookhas much to interest surgical traineeswho will find it a useful source ofadvice and education; it should be onhand for all A and E medical andnursing staff on a 24-hour basis.’British Journal of Surgery
1997 276 x 219 mm 1285pp 375 line diagrams 300 half-tones300 tables978 0 521 43379 2 (0 521 43379 7)Hardback £200.00
Epidemiologyand MedicalStatistics
TEXTBOOK
EssentialEpidemiologyAn Introduction for Studentsand Health ProfessionalsPenny Margaret WebbUniversity of Queensland
Christopher James BainUniversity of Queensland
and Sandi Lynn PirozzoUniversity of Queensland
This is an accessible, easily readable,and thoroughly modern introduction toepidemiology for students of medicineand public health. It combines a strongpublic health perspective and rationalewith modern methodological insights ina coherent and accessible way. Itemphasises the fundamental principlescommon to all areas of epidemiologyand thus, unlike many other texts,integrates both public health andclinical epidemiology and the study ofinfectious and chronic diseases. It aimsto give health professionals a goodunderstanding of the methods andpotential problems underlyingepidemiological data and reports butalso provides a thorough introductionfor would-be epidemiologists. The ‘nutsand bolts’ of epidemiology areembedded in the wider healthperspective and the concluding chapterlooks at integrating data across the life-course and across exposure levels frommicro (molecular/genetic) to macro(ecological/societal). The basic messagesare reinforced through numerousexamples and questions, with answersprovided.
• Includes chapters on reading theliterature and writing reviews that arecentral to public health but are oftennot addressed by other introductorylevel texts
• Extensive use of examples (modernand classical) and questions andexercises to reinforce key points
• Holistic approach that integratesmany aspects of epidemiology that areoften seen as separate (infectious/non-infectious, public health/clinical)Essential Medical Texts for Students andTrainees
2005 246 x 189 mm 366pp 79 line diagrams 49 tables978 0 521 54661 4 (0 521 54661 3)Paperback £24.99
The Social Origins ofHealth and Well-beingEdited by Richard EckersleyAustralian National University, Canberra
Jane DixonAustralian National University, Canberra
and Bob DouglasAustralian National University, Canberra
This book covers the differential healthimpacts of family and earlydevelopment, changes in work andwork conditions, health systems, thephysical environment of cities,indigenous peoples, rural populations,social capital, culture, and globaleconomic and environmental changes.
2002 247 x 174 mm 368pp 56 line diagrams 11 tables978 0 521 89021 2 (0 521 89021 7)Paperback £18.99
NEW EDITION
Multivariable AnalysisA Practical Guide for CliniciansSecond editionMitchell H. KatzUniversity of California, San Francisco
This new edition has been fully revisedto build on the enormous success of itspopular predecessor. It now includesnew features introduced by readers’requests including a new chapter onpropensity score, more detail onclustered data and Poisson regressionand a new section on analysis ofvariance.
2005 246 x 189 mm 208pp 26 line diagrams 15 tables978 0 521 84051 4 (0 521 84051 1)Hardback c. £50.00978 0 521 54985 1 (0 521 54985 X)Paperback c. £26.00Publication October 2005
Emergency Medicine and Critical Care
9
Medical Statistics fromA to ZA Guide for Clinicians andMedical StudentsB. S. EverittInstitute of Psychiatry, London
From ‘Absolute risk’ to ‘Zero-sum game’– this accessible introduction to theterminology of medical statisticsencompasses more than 1500 terms allclearly explained, illustrated and definedin non-technical language, and withoutany mathematical formulae! A painlessguide to the bewildering world ofmedical statistics for doctors andstudents alike.
2003 247 x 174 mm 236pp 84 line diagrams978 0 521 82506 1 (0 521 82506 7)Hardback £45.00978 0 521 53204 4 (0 521 53204 3)Paperback £20.99
TEXTBOOK
Statistical Modelingfor BiomedicalResearchersA Simple Introduction to theAnalysis of Complex DataWilliam D. DupontVanderbilt University, Tennessee
This text will enable biomedicalresearchers to use several advancedstatistical methods that have provenvaluable in medical research. Theemphasis is on understanding theassumptions underlying each method,using exploratory techniques todetermine the most appropriatemethod, and presenting results in a waythat will be readily understood.‘I highly recommend StatisticalModeling for Biomedical Researchers:A Simple Introduction to the Analysisof Complex Data. I believe that it willbe much appreciated by biomedicalresearchers who are eager to learnmore about statistical modeling. I alsobelieve that biostatisticians will enjoyusing this book for teaching andconsulting purposes.’Teaching of Statistics in the Health Services
2002 404pp 70 line diagrams 31 tables74 exercises978 0 521 82061 5 (0 521 82061 8)Hardback £60.00978 0 521 65578 1 (0 521 65578 1)Paperback £30.00
TEXTBOOK
Applied LongitudinalData Analysis forEpidemiologyA Practical GuideJos W. R. TwiskInstitute for Research in Extramural Medicine,Amsterdam
In this book the most importanttechniques available for longitudinaldata analysis are discussed, includingsimple techniques such as the paired t-test and summary statistics, and moresophisticated techniques such asgeneralised estimating equations andrandom coefficient analysis. Thispractical guide is suitable for non-statisticians involved in medical researchand epidemiology.
2003 247 x 174 mm 318pp 54 line diagrams 159 tables978 0 521 81976 3 (0 521 81976 8)Hardback £55.00978 0 521 52580 0 (0 521 52580 2)Paperback £28.00
TEXTBOOK
EpidemiologicalStudiesA Practical GuideSecond editionAlan J. SilmanUniversity of Manchester
and Gary J. MacfarlaneUniversity of Manchester
This new edition explains the principlesand practice of epidemiology. Usingrelevant exercises and examples, takenfrom real life, it illustrates how to set upa study; it serves to produce validresults that will satisfy grant bodies andjournal editors; ultimately it bridges thegap between theory and practice.Review of first edition‘… lucid explanations and succinct,well-chosen examples … make thebook a rapid read … Readers whofollow his guidance will indeed learnpainlessly to do epidemiology.’British Medical Journal
2002 247 x 174 mm 256pp 20 line diagrams 20 tables 20 exercises978 0 521 81097 5 (0 521 81097 3)Hardback £50.00978 0 521 00939 3 (0 521 00939 1)Paperback £26.00
Systematic Reviews inHealth CareA Practical GuidePaul GlasziouUniversity of Oxford
Les IrwigUniversity of Sydney
Chris BainUniversity of Queensland
and Graham ColditzHarvard School of Public Health
This practical guide to systematicreviews clearly describes and explainsthe methods to systematically identifyrelevant research, appraise its quality,and synthesize the results. As well asillustrative examples, there are exercisesfor each of the sections. This is essentialreading for those interested insynthesizing health care research.‘… the book serves as an excellentlyreadable introduction to the wholesubject of literature reviewing …Systematic Reviews in Health Careprovides a readable, concisedescription of the methodologies,limitations and strengths of systematicreviews without excessive detail butgreater depth than standard How todo EBM texts.’Doctors.net
2001 247 x 174 mm 148pp 13 line diagrams 4 tables978 0 521 79962 1 (0 521 79962 7)Paperback £20.99
Risk StratificationA Practical Guide for CliniciansCharles C. MillerUniversity of Texas, Austin
Michael J. ReardonBaylor College of Medicine, Houston
and Hazim J. SafiUniversity of Texas, Austin
This book, written by a statistician andtwo surgeons for a clinical audience, isa practical guide to the process of riskstratification and does not require orassume an extensive mathematicalbackground. It provides a clear andconcise guide for a wide range of healthcare professionals.‘The three authors deserve all creditfor this comprehensive book on riskstratification which can berecommended to clinicians as well asstatisticians interested in this field. thebook is easily readable also for non-statisticians and provides a soundoverview on methods and principles.’Statistics in Medicine
2001 247 x 174 mm 188pp 1 half-tone12 tables 7 graphs978 0 521 66945 0 (0 521 66945 6)Paperback £33.00
Epidemiology and Medical Statistics
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
10
Decision Making inHealth and MedicineIntegrating Evidence and ValuesMyriam HuninkAgency for Healthcare Research andEffectiveness Research
Paul GlasziouUniversity of Oxford
Joanna SiegelCenter for Outcomes and EffectivenessResearch, Agency for Healthcare Research andQuality
Jane WeeksDana-Farber Cancer Institute and HarvardMedical School
Joseph PliskinBen-Gurion University of the Negev and HarvardSchool of Public Health
and Arthur ElsteinUniversity of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign
Decision making in health care involvesnavigating through a complex andtangled web of diagnostic andtherapeutic uncertainties, patientpreferences and values, and costs. Thistextbook plots a clear course throughthese conflicting variables and isdesigned for trainees and for studentsstudying clinical decision analysis, EB-medicine, and clinical epidemiology.‘This is an impressively comprehensiveapproach to clinical decision-makingwith every angle considered,advantages and disadvantagestabulated … there is a great deal ofknowledge and information in thesechapters, presented with masses ofdetailed mathematical and statisticalanalysis.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2001 247 x 174 mm 404pp 87 line diagrams 38 tables 43 exercises978 0 521 77029 3 (0 521 77029 7)Paperback £40.00
Dicing with DeathChance, Risk and HealthStephen SennUniversity College London
Stephen Senn explains here howstatistics determines many decisionsabout medical care, from allocatingresources for health, to determiningwhich drugs to license, to cause-and-effect in relation to disease. He showswhy reasoning with probability isessential to making rational decisions inmedicine.‘… thought provoking and rewarding… whether your taste is for the nitty-gritty of controversies, like the allegedlink between childhood MMRvaccination and autism, or for pensive
reflection on the philosophy ofknowledge, you will find much of valuehere.’New Scientist
2003 228 x 152 mm 264pp 35 line diagrams 29 tables978 0 521 83259 5 (0 521 83259 4)Hardback £45.00978 0 521 54023 0 (0 521 54023 2)Paperback £14.99
Epidemiology andCultureTheme BookJames A. TrostleTrinity College, Hartford, Connecticut
This book shows how practitioners in theemerging field of ‘cultural epidemiology’describe human health, communicatewith diverse audiences, and intervene toimprove health and prevent disease. Byunpacking many common disease risksand epidemiologic categories, it revealsunexamined assumptions and showshow sociocultural context influencesmeasurement of disease.Cambridge Studies in Medical Anthropology,13
2005 228 x 152 mm 228pp 10 tables978 0 521 79050 5 (0 521 79050 6)Hardback £40.00978 0 521 79389 6 (0 521 79389 0)Paperback £15.99
JOURNAL
ParasitologyEditors: C. ArmeKeele University
and R. S. PhillipsUniversity of Glasgow
Parasitology is an important specialistjournal covering the latest advances inthe subject. It publishes original paperson all aspects of parasitology and host-parasite relationships, ranging from thelatest discoveries in biochemical andmolecular biology to ecology andepidemiology in the context of themedical, veterinary and biologicalsciences. Each year, the proceedings ofthe symposia of the British Society forParasitology are published as asupplement.Subscriptions
Volumes 130-131 in 2005: Monthly plus twosupplementsInstitutions print and electronic: £620/$1022Institutions electronic only: £525/$855Institutions print only: £560/$900British Society for Parasitology: £112/$180Australian Society for Parasitology, AmericanSociety for Parasitology, American Society ofTropical Medicine and Hygiene: £177/$290Print ISSN 0031-1820Electronic ISSN 1469-8161
JOURNAL
Epidemiology andInfectionEditor: Norman NoahLondon School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine
The longest established journal in thefield of microbiology, Epidemiology andInfection is an international journalwhich publishes original reports andreviews on all aspects of infection inman and animals. Particular emphasis isgiven to the epidemiology, preventionand control of infectious diseases, butthe field covered is broad and includesmicrobiology, virology, immunology,tropical infections, food hygiene,statistics and the clinical, social andpublic health aspects of disease. Paperscover both the medical and veterinaryfields worldwide.Subscriptions
Volume 133 in 2005: February, April, June,August, October and DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £388/$638Institutions electronic only: £320/$534Institutions print only: £340/$558Society for Study of Infectious Diseases, BritishSociety for the Study of Infection, AmericanSociety for Microbiology, Infectious DiseasesSociety of America, The Society for VeterinaryEpidemiology and Preventive Medicine:£72/$116Print ISSN 0950-2688Electronic ISSN 1469-4409
JOURNAL
Expert Reviews inMolecular Medicinehttp://www.expertreviews.orgEditor: Louise WalshCentre for Applied Research in EducationalTechnologies, Cambridge
Published in association with the Centrefor Applied Research in EducationalTechnologies (CARET)
Expert Reviews in Molecular Medicine isan exciting online journal featuringhigh-quality reviews of the latestdevelopments in this fast-growing field.Coverage includes gene therapy, drugdesign, vaccines, genetic testing,pathogenesis, epidemiology, genomics,diagnostics and techniques. Reviews arepublished continually on the website.The journal’s innovative functionalityallows viewers to access not only thereview articles, but also fully abstractedreferences, figures, photographs, tables,animations and molecular models. Italso hosts pages of relevant links toother websites and a glossary. ExpertReviews in Molecular Medicine will be
Epidemiology and Medical Statistics
11
of interest to biomedical researchers,clinicians, students and researchers inthe pharmaceutical and biotechnologyindustries. Access to articles publishedfrom 1999 – 2002 (Vols 1–4) is free; goto www.expertreviews.org to viewthem. Access to articles published from2003 is by purchase/subscription.Subscriptions
Volume 6 in 2004: Electronic journal,published incrementally throughout the year.Institutions electronic only: £127/$192Individuals electronic only: £54/$82Print ISSN 1462-3994Electronic ISSN 1462-3994
GeneralMedicine
Apoptosis in Healthand DiseaseClinical and Therapeutic AspectsEdited by Martin HolcikUniversity of Ottawa
Eric C. LaCasseUniversity of Ottawa
Alex E. MacKenzieUniversity of Ottawa
and Robert G. KornelukUniversity of Ottawa
Programmed cell death or apoptosis iscentrally involved in the pathogenesis ofmany significant human illnesses andinjury states, including cancer,autoimmune disease, psoriasis,endometriosis, and other degenerativeconditions. This book surveys theunderlying molecular mechanisms ofapoptosis, investigates its role indegenerative and other diseases, andevaluates potential therapies.
2005 247 x 174 mm 260pp 15 line diagrams 6 half-tones 4 colour plates 11 tables978 0 521 52956 3 (0 521 52956 5)Hardback £45.00
TEXTBOOK
Refugee andImmigrant HealthA Handbook for HealthProfessionalsCharles KempBaylor University, Texas
and Lance A. RasbridgeParkland Health and Hospital Systems, Texas
Based on the authors’ combined forty-plus years of work as clinicians andteachers in refugee and immigranthealth, this account is practical, yettheory-based, so it can be used in thefield and as a teaching text. It bridgesphysical health, mental health, andspiritual issues.
2004 247 x 174 mm 394pp 20 half-tones978 0 521 82859 8 (0 521 82859 7)Hardback £75.00978 0 521 53560 1 (0 521 53560 3)Paperback £38.00
A History of SurgeryHarold Ellis
This book illustrates primitive techniquessuch as trepanning, the increasinglysophisticated techniques of the Greeksand Romans, the advances of the DarkAges and the Renaissance and on tothe early pioneers of anaesthesia andantisepsis. The impact of modernwarfare on the development of surgicalprocedures is also discussed.
2002 246 x 189 mm 282pp 250 half-tones978 1 841 10181 1 (1 841 10181 8)Paperback £24.99
TEXTBOOK
Essential Evidence-Based MedicineDan MayerAlbany Medical College, New York
Evidence Based Medicine (EBM), usingthe best evidence in the literature for thebest care for an individual patient, soundsvery simple. Yet, most medical studentsand physicians do not have themathematical background or training tocritically evaluate published research. This‘users guide’ to EBM helps you become amore discriminating reader of the medicalliterature, and better equipped to applyEBM in practice. This is an idealintroductory text for medical students andall health-care professionals.
• An accessible and ideal introductionto EBM for non-mathematically inclinedstudents and all consumers of medicalresearch
• Accompanied by an interactive andfun-to-use CD-ROM consisting of practiceproblems and journal articles thatreinforce the concepts taught in the book
• Also includes advanced topics inmedical decision-making to helppractitioners who may understand basicconcepts of critical appraisal but wouldlike to have more information abouttying them together in the medicaldecision-making process‘… highly accurate, and easy to readtextbook about EBM, suitable for alllifelong learners of medicine. Modestlytitled ‘Essential,’ it contains much morethan the essentials. It contains-andconveys-true understanding.’bmj.comEssential Medical Texts for Students andTrainees
2004 246 x 189 mm 392pp 92 line diagrams 14 half-tones 40 tables978 0 521 83261 8 (0 521 83261 6)Mixed Media £55.00978 0 521 54027 8 (0 521 54027 5)Mixed Media £24.99
TEXTBOOK
The Fetal Matrix:Evolution,Development andDiseasePeter GluckmanUniversity of Auckland
and Mark HansonUniversity of Southampton
New discoveries suggest that the mostimportant interactions in determiningour fate occur before birth. They are anevolutionary echo of mechanisms whichallowed our ancestors to survive ashunter-gatherers but which are nowlinked to the many emerging diseases ofaffluence. This is a ground-breaking andfascinating account.‘Gluckman and Hanson argue that theinteraction between mammals andtheir environment while in the wombirreversibly affects their futuredevelopment, what they call a‘predictive adaptive response.’ It alsohas huge health implications for therest of their lives. The authors arepersuasive, and their findings haverelevance for health policy everywhere.If maternal well-being affects thelifelong health of the offspring, itmakes good sense to ensure thatmothers are always well cared for.’New Scientist
2004 247 x 174 mm 268pp 15 line diagrams 3 half-tones978 0 521 83457 5 (0 521 83457 0)Hardback £50.00978 0 521 54235 7 (0 521 54235 9)Paperback £24.99
General Medicine
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
12
Developmental Originsof Health and DiseaseEdited by Peter GluckmanUniversity of Auckland
and Mark HansonUniversity of Southampton
This compilation, written by many of theworld’s leading experts, summarizes thescientific and clinical advances in ourunderstanding of the link between earlydevelopment and the onset of chronicdiseases such as coronary heart disease,diabetes and osteoporosis.
2005 246 x 189 mm 500pp 81 line diagrams978 0 521 84743 8 (0 521 84743 5)Hardback c. £75.00Publication December 2005
TEXTBOOK
Clinical Physiology Ashis BanerjeeUniversity College London Medical School
This is a concise and clear guide tofundamental concepts in physiology. Itcovers all the body systems in anaccessible style of presentation. It willserve as a useful revision aid for alldoctors striving to achieve postgraduatequalification, and for anyone needing torefresh their knowledge base.
2005 228 x 152 mm 284pp 28 line diagrams978 0 521 54226 5 (0 521 54226 X)Paperback c. £24.99Publication September 2005
Principles of Medicinein AfricaThird editionEdited by Eldryd ParryThe Tropical Health and Education Trust
Richard GodfreyMedical Relief International, MERLIN, London
David MabeyLondon School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine
and Geoffrey GillLiverpool School of Tropical Medicine
Fully revised and updated, this newedition combines internal medicine witha rich understanding of the majorinfluences on health and disease inAfrica. There is a much expandedsection on non-communicable diseasesas well as comprehensive accounts ofHIV/AIDS, malaria, tuberculosis andother major infections in the continent.‘… spectacular …’.The Lancet
2004 276 x 219 mm 1462pp 225 line diagrams 95 half-tones 287 tables30 maps978 0 521 80616 9 (0 521 80616 X)Hardback £125.00
Medical SciencesVolume 1Edward HammondRoyal Devon and Exeter Hospital, Exeter
and Andrew McIndoeBristol Royal Infirmary, Bristol
This volume in the hugely successfulQBase series is aimed at all medicalpostgraduates, and provides a series ofMCQ examinations in the basic sciencesthat underpin ALL medical specialities.The self-learning experience is greatlyenhanced by the free CD-ROMcontaining the QBase examinationsoftware.QBase
2005 234 x 156 mm 208pp978 1 841 10077 7 (1 841 10077 3)Paperback £23.99Publication September 2005
QBase for theUndergraduate MBE. HammondRoyal Devon and Exeter Hospital
Using the powerful QBase examinationpractice and analysis software, this MCQbook and its accompanying CD-ROMforms the perfect self-assessment toolfor all undergraduate medical trainees –am enormous potential market. The CD-ROM can be installed in seconds andgives the reader an incredible range ofoptions.QBase
2005 234 x 156 mm 208pp978 1 841 10061 6 (1 841 10061 7)Mixed Media £15.99Publication October 2005
Best of Five ClinicalScenarios for theMRCPVolume 1Part 1
Punit S. Ramrakha
Based on the new form of MCQ – ‘BestOf Five’ Clinical Scenarios, matching thestyle and standards set by the College,designed to provide readers with acomplete distance-learning package.This first volume in the series can beaccessed online to experience all thebenefits of the 123Doc’s celebrated e-courses.
2006 978 0 521 67678 6 (0 521 67678 9)
Paperback £24.99Publication October 2006
Who Wants to be aScientist?Choosing Science as a CareerNancy RothwellUniversity of Manchester
Illustrated by Smudge
Scientific research is about discoveringnew things and applying them toimprovements in life style for peopleand animals. Careers in science are nowvery demanding, requiring much morethan a keen scientific mind and practicalability. This book offers practical adviceon how to choose science as a career.‘Nancy Rothwell has produced anaccessible and excellently written bookthat covers just about everything youneed to know about a career inscience. … I wish I could write as wellas she does. I wish I’d had this bookwhen I started out as a researchstudent all those years ago.’RDS Newsletter
2002 228 x 152 mm 176pp 13 line diagrams978 0 521 81773 8 (0 521 81773 0)Hardback £45.00978 0 521 52092 8 (0 521 52092 4)Paperback £14.99
How to Write andIllustrate a ScientificPaperBjörn GustaviiUniversity Hospital, Lund, Sweden
Easy to read and up-to-date, How toWrite and Illustrate a Scientific Paperwill help both first-time writers andexperienced contributors in authoringresearch papers. It provides step-by-stepinformation on how to prepare ascientific paper and numerous examplesilluminate the author’s advice in thisaccessible and informative guide.‘This book ranks with the best in thefield. It is brief, to the point and easyto follow … useful to the author andthe editor … and so recommended.’Research Communications in MolecularPathology and Pharmacology
2003 228 x 152 mm 152pp 43 line diagrams 1 half-tone 7 tables978 0 521 82323 4 (0 521 82323 4)Hardback £40.00978 0 521 53024 8 (0 521 53024 5)Paperback £13.99
General Medicine
13
The CambridgeIllustrated History ofMedicineEdited by Roy PorterWellcome Institute for the History of Medicine,London
Written by a team of experts co-ordinated by one of the mostdistinguished researchers into thehistory of medicine, The CambridgeIllustrated History of Medicine is bothauthoritative and accessible, providingthe only serious choice for a readerwanting a lively and informative single-volume introduction to medical history.‘We have come to expect from theCambridge Illustrated History seriesinformative and elegantly producedvolumes, and this one on the history ofmedicine lives up to expectations.’IsisCambridge Illustrated Histories
2001 253 x 203 mm 400pp 250half-tones 120 colour plates 12 maps978 0 521 00252 3 (0 521 00252 4)Paperback £19.99
English in MedicineA Course in Communication SkillsThird editionEric H. GlendinningUniversity of Edinburgh
and Beverly HolmstrvmEdinburgh Language Foundation
English in Medicine is a course fordoctors, medical students and othermedical professionals who have tocommunicate with patients and theirrelatives and with medical colleagues.Each of the seven units focuses on onearea of doctor-patient communication,from history taking and examination todiagnosis and treatment. The ThirdEdition has been updated to takeaccount of developments in medicineand the impact of new informationtechnology. It is also now in full colour.
2005 156pp978 0 521 60666 0 (0 521 60666 7)Paperback £14.95
English in MedicineA Course in Communication SkillsThird editionEric H. Glendinningand Beverly A. S. Holmström
2005 0 521 60668 3 Audio CD £12.00
English in MedicineA Course in Communication SkillsThird editionEric H. Glendinningand Beverly A. S. Holmstrvm
2005 0 521 60667 5 Audio Cassette £12.00
Medicine, Science, andMerckRoy VagelosThe Johns Hopkins University
and Louis GalambosThe Johns Hopkins University
The authors trace the careers of a sonof Greek immigrants as he masteredthree professions and ultimately becamethe Chief Executive Officer of thepharmaceutical giant, Merck & Co., Inc.As the book shows, there was hopeeven for a wise-cracking kid livingthrough the hard times of the 1930s.
2004 228 x 152 mm 314pp 1 half-tone978 0 521 66295 6 (0 521 66295 8)Hardback £25.00
Communication inMedical CareInteraction Between PrimaryCare Physicians and PatientsEdited by John HeritageUniversity of California, Los Angeles
and Douglas W. MaynardUniversity of Wisconsin, Madison
In this new and pathbreaking volume, ateam of leading contributors from thefields of linguistics, sociology andmedicine examine how doctors andpatients communicate in primary careconsultations. Clear, informative andcomprehensive, it will be essentialreading for students and researchers insociolinguistics, communication studies,sociology, and medicine.Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics, 20
2005 228 x 152 mm 350pp978 0 521 62123 6 (0 521 62123 2)Hardback c. £50.00978 0 521 62899 0 (0 521 62899 7)Paperback c. £22.99Publication December 2005
The Business ofHealthcare InnovationEdited by Lawton Robert BurnsUniversity of Pennsylvania
This is the first wide-ranging analysis ofbusiness trends in the manufacturingsegment of the health care industry. Itwill be essential reading for studentsand researchers in the field of healthmanagement, and of great interest tostrategy scholars, industry practitionersand management consultants.
2005 246 x 189 mm 300pp 126 figures978 0 521 83898 6 (0 521 83898 3)Hardback c. £50.00978 0 521 54768 0 (0 521 54768 7)Paperback c. £20.00Publication August 2005
The Academic HealthCenterLeadership and PerformanceEdited by Don DetmerJudge Institute of Management Studies,Cambridge
and Elaine SteenUniversity of Virginia
The leadership and management ofacademic health centers presentcomplex challenges, with theirintegrated mission of education,research and service. This bookaddresses these issues, and proposessolutions for leaders of clinical andbasic science departments in academichealth centers, and for those involved inhealth systems management studies.
2005 247 x 174 mm 336pp 10 line diagrams 8 tables978 0 521 82718 8 (0 521 82718 3)Hardback £55.00
Journals
JOURNAL
Genetical ResearchEditor: W. G. HillUniversity of Edinburgh
Executive Editors: D. J. FinneganUniversity of Edinburgh
and T. F. C. MackayNorth Carolina State University
Genetical Research is a prestigious,well-established journal which publishesoriginal work of high quality and wideinterest on all aspects of genetics. Majorareas of research covered includepopulation and quantitative genetics(both theoretical and experimental), QTLmapping, molecular and developmentalgenetics of eukaryotes. The breadth andquality of papers and book reviewsmake the journal invaluable toprofessional geneticists, molecularbiologists, plant breeders, animalbreeders, medical scientists andbiologists involved in evolutionary anddevelopmental studies.Subscriptions
Volumes 85-86 in 2005: February, April, June,August, October and DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £350/$580Institutions electronic only: £294/$485Institutions print only: £316/$526Genetics Society: £99/$165Print ISSN 0016-6723Electronic ISSN 1469-5073
General Medicine
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
14
JOURNAL
Journal of BiosocialScienceEditor: C. G. N. Mascie-TaylorUniversity of Cambridge
Journal of Biosocial Science is a leadingjournal in the field of biosocial science,the common ground between biologyand sociology. It is an essentialreference guide for all biological andsocial scientists working in such areasas reproduction and its control,gerontology, ecology, genetics, appliedpsychology, sociology, education,criminology, demography, health andepidemiology. Publishing originalresearch papers, short reports, reviews,lectures and book reviews, the journalalso includes a Debate section whichencourages comments on specificarticles, with subsequent response fromthe original author.Subscriptions
Volume 37 in 2005: January, March, May, July,September and NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £170/$280Institutions electronic only: £145/$234Institutions print only: £160/$256Biosocial Society, Galton Institute: £36/$58British Society for Population Studies, Societyfor the Study of Human Biology, InternationalAssociation of Human Biologists: £50/$80Print ISSN 0021-9320Electronic ISSN 1469-7599
GeriatricsCase Studies inGeriatric MedicineJudith C. AhronheimNew York Medical College
Zheng Bo HuangCornell University, New York
Christina DavittSeton Hall University, New Jersey
Vincent YenNew York Medical College
and David BarileDrexel University, Philadelphia
This case-based approach to geriatricmedicine is suitable for all healthprofessionals and trainees who providecare for the elderly, including interns,residents, geriatric fellows, physicians inpractice, and nurse practitioners. It isillustrated and arranged around 43 cases based on the authors’experience in clinical practice.
2005 247 x 174 mm 250pp 11 line diagrams 10 half-tones 1 table978 0 521 53175 7 (0 521 53175 6)Paperback c. £29.00Publication August 2005
Dependence andAutonomy in Old AgeAn Ethical Framework for Long-term CareGeorge AgichDepartment of Bioethics, Cleveland ClinicFoundation
In this influential book, George Agichabandons comfortable abstractions toreveal the concrete threats to personalautonomy in long-term care. His booktherefore offers a framework for carersto develop an ethic of long-term carewithin the complex environment inwhich many dependent and agedpeople find themselves.‘This book has been hailed by critics asa milestone in medical ethics ...It challenges clinicians to reexaminemany of the ethical principles on whichthey have based their interactions withpatients in long-term care.’New England Journal of Medicine
2003 228 x 152 mm 218pp978 0 521 00920 1 (0 521 00920 0)Paperback £27.00
Falls in Older PeopleRisk Factors and Strategies forPreventionStephen R. LordPrince of Wales Medical Research Institute, Sydney
Catherine SherringtonPrince of Wales Medical Research Institute, Sydney
and Hylton B. MenzPrince of Wales Medical Research Institute, Sydney
This book provides a survey of the mostrecent developments in the area.Coverage includes epidemiology, criticalappraisal of the roles of exercise,environment, footwear, and medication,evidence-based risk assessment, andfalls-prevention strategies. Falls in OlderPeople will be invaluable to clinicians,physiotherapists, occupationaltherapists, nurses, and researchers.‘I have nothing but praise for thismonograph. The Australian authors – a physiologist, a physiotherapist and alecturer in foot mechanics andgerontology – recognized thattextbooks have dealt with fallssuperficially and that no-one hadmethodically analysed and interpretedthe published work. They writeelegantly and apply academic rigour tothe data, highlighting the gaps anduncertainties in our knowledge andgenerously providing many researchideas for readers to pursue.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2000 247 x 174 mm 260pp 1 colour plate 21 tables 5 graphs42 figures978 0 521 58964 2 (0 521 58964 9)Paperback £38.00
Parkinson’s Diseaseand Parkinsonism inthe ElderlyEdited by Jolyon MearaUniversity of Wales College of Medicine
and William C. KollerKansas University Medical Center
This book covers the clinical features,diagnosis and management ofParkinson’s disease in elderly people,dealing not only with the motorsymptoms but also with issues likedepression, rehabilitation and totalpatient care. A comprehensive, practicaland enlightened account, this book willappeal to all clinicians involved withelderly people.‘… a second edition could evolve intoa tome on Parkinsonism and othermovement disorders in later life. …The editors and their publishers areencouraged to start planning a morecomprehensive second edition withwider authorship and a moreambitious aim.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2000 247 x 174 mm 262pp 38 line diagrams978 0 521 62884 6 (0 521 62884 9)Paperback £40.00
Journals
JOURNAL
Ageing & SocietyEditor: Tony WarnesUniversity of Sheffield
The Journal of The Centre for Policy onAgeing and The British Society ofGerontology
Ageing & Society is an interdisciplinaryand international journal devoted topublishing papers which further theunderstanding of human ageing in thewider social and cultural context. Itdraws contributions and readers from abroad spectrum of subject areas. Inaddition to original articles, Ageing &Society features an extensive bookreview section and a regular updatingon specified research areas. There areoccasional review symposia and specialissues on important topics.
Geriatrics
15
SubscriptionsVolume 25 in 2005: January, March, May, July,September and NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £177/$280Institutions electronic only: £147/$233Institutions print only: £154/$245Individuals print plus electronic: £57/$89Centre for Policy on Ageing, British GeriatricsSociety, American Psychological Association,American Sociological Association,Gerontological Society of America: £36/$53Special arrangements exist for members ofBritish Society of Gerontology.Print ISSN 0144-686XElectronic ISSN 1469-1779
JOURNAL
Reviews in ClinicalGerontologyEditor: K. WoodhouseUniversity of Wales College of Medicine
Reviews in Clinical Gerontology bringstogether specially commissionedinternational reviews on recentdevelopments in geriatric medicine(including rehabilitation, nursing careand psychiatry of old age) and inbiological, psychological and socialgerontology. There is systematiccoverage of the literature on a cyclicalbasis. All the major topics of interest arereviewed during the course of a five-year cycle. The issues build into avaluable source of reference foreveryone working with elderly people.Subscriptions
Volume 15 in 2005: February, May, Augustand NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £274/$458Institutions electronic only: £232/$383Institutions print only: £246/$404Individuals print plus electronic: £94/$157Print ISSN 0959-2598Electronic ISSN 1469-9036
JOURNAL
InternationalPsychogeriatricsEditor-in-Chief: David AmesUniversity of Melbourne
Published for the InternationalPsychogeriatric Association
International Psychogeriatrics is theofficial journal of the InternationalPsychogeriatric Association. A well-respected, multidisciplinary journal,International Psychogeriatrics offers highquality original research papers in thefield of psychogeriatrics. The journalaims to be the leading peer reviewedjournal dealing with the mental health ofolder people throughout the world in allits aspects. With circulation to over 1400
members of the InternationalPsychogeriatric Associationts currentimpact factor is 0.910. Publishedquarterly, International Psychogeriatricsalso features important editorials,commentaries, book reviews and lettersto the editors.Subscriptions
Volume 17 in 2005: March, June, Septemberand DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £178/$294Institutions electronic only: £153/$252Institutions print only: £164/$270Individuals print plus electronic: £94/$147Print ISSN 1041-6102Electronic ISSN 1741-203X
Hematologyand Oncology
Neonatal HematologyEdited by Pedro de AlarcónUniversity of Tennessee
and Eric WernerEastern Virginia Medical School
Foreword by J. Lawrence NaimanStanford University School of Medicine, California
Written by practising physiciansspecializing in pediatric hematology,neonatology, immunology, pediatricinfectious disease and transfusionmedicine, this is a practical guide to thepathogenesis, recognition andmanagement of hematologic problems inthe neonate. The focus is on clinicalissues and there are chapters devoted todisorders of leukocytes, platelets,procoagulant and anticoagulant proteins,and disorders of red blood cells. Neonataltransfusion, malignant disorders in thenewborn, neonatal hemoglobinopathyscreening, harvesting and storage ofumbilical cord stem cells are alsocovered, and practical approaches todiagnosis and treatment given.
• Written by practising clinicians fromthe pediatric specialties in hematology,neonatology, immunology, infectiousdisease and transfusion medicine
• Covers the common and raredisorders, as well as umbilical cordblood harvesting and transplantaion,neonatal hemoglobinopathy screeningand transfusion into the newborn
• Provides a practical approach todiagnosis, treatment and management
2005 246 x 189 mm 352pp 105 tables43 figures978 0 521 78070 4 (0 521 78070 5)Hardback c. £95.00Publication September 2005
MyelodysplasticSyndromesFrom Biology to the ClinicPeter L. Greenberg
Written by leading internationalspecialists in the field, this bookdescribes the major insights into theclinical classification, underlyingbiological mechanisms and treatment ofthe myelodysplastic syndromes.
2005 247 x 174 mm 320pp 23 line diagrams 35 tables 17 graphs10 figures978 0 521 49668 1 (0 521 49668 3)Hardback c. £65.00Publication October 2005
HematologicalComplications inObstetrics, Pregnancy,and GynecologyEdited by Rodger L. BickUniversity of Texas Southwestern MedicalCenter, Dallas
Carolyn B. CoulamEugene P. FrenkelUniversity of Texas Southwestern MedicalCenter, Dallas
William F. Bakerand Ravi SarodeUniversity of Texas Southwestern MedicalCenter, Dallas
This textbook describes thehematological complications ofObstetrics, Pregnancy and Gynecology.The etiology, pathophysiology, clinicaland laboratory diagnosis andmanagement are discussed for alldisorders. The book is written by well-recognized experts in each area covered.
2006 247 x 174 mm 38 line diagrams106 tables 10 graphs 2 figures978 0 521 83953 2 (0 521 83953 X)Hardback c. £75.00
Hematology and Oncology
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
16
Histiocytic Disorders ofChildren and AdultsBasic Science, Clinical Featuresand TherapyEdited by Sheila WeitzmanUniversity of Toronto
and Maarten EgelerRijksuniversiteit Leiden, The Netherlands
As the first comprehensive reference onall aspects of the histiocytic disorders,Histiocytic Disorders of Children andAdults stands out as the definitive texton the genetics, pathophysiology andclinical management of this wide rangeof diseases.
2005 247 x 174 mm 500pp 18 line diagrams 24 colour plates 47 tables18 graphs 68 figures978 0 521 83929 7 (0 521 83929 7)Hardback c. £95.00
Childhood LeukemiasSecond editionEdited by Ching-Hon PuiSt. Jude Children’s Research Hospital, Memphis
Childhood leukemias represent nearlyone third of all cancers in children andpresent a unique challenge tooncologists, pediatricians,hematologists, and other healthprofessionals. Dr Ching-Hon Pui hasassembled an expert team of authors todevelop the most comprehensive,clinically-oriented, and authoritativereference dedicated to these diseases.Childhood Leukemias moves from thelaboratory bench to the patient bedsidein four easily-accessible sections.Childhood Leukemias is an absolute‘must-have’ for any physician orinvestigator who deals with leukemiasin childhood.
• Comprehensive text with judiciousblend of clinical and biological topics
• New chapters on chemoresistance,advances in therapy-related leukemias,antibody-targeted therapy, painmanagement, genetic predispositionand treatment possibilities in countrieswith limited resources
• Written by leading internationalexperts in the field of childhoodleukemias
2006 276 x 219 mm 992pp 107 line diagrams 114 tables 108 graphs113 figures978 0 521 82519 1 (0 521 82519 9)Hardback c. £220.00Publication January 2006
Common BreastLesionsA Photographic Guide toDiagnosis and TreatmentEdited by Samuel PilnikLenox Hill Hospital, New York
This color atlas provides a step-by-stepguide to the differential diagnosis andtreatment of benign and malignantcommon breast diseases. Clinicians willfind this an invaluable multidisciplinaryguide to the most common canceraffecting women and to the respectiveroles of the clinician, radiologist,pathologist, and surgeon in itstreatment.
2003 279 x 215 mm 272pp 50 line diagrams 200 half-tones 400 colour plates978 0 521 82357 9 (0 521 82357 9)Hardback £115.00
Medical Therapy ofBreast CancerEdited by Zenon RayterBristol Royal Infirmary
and Janine MansiSt George’s Hospital Medical School, Universityof London
The volume spans prevention, screening,genetics, and treatment of pre-invasivebreast cancer, before focusing in depthon modern management of establishedbreast cancer. This includes chapters onthe various therapeutic options availableand their role in treating breast cancerat different stages. It concludes with achapter on palliative care.‘The test is thorough, concise, andcomprehensive to an extent which isconsonant with its size. Factualinformation is pertinent, up-to-date,and presented with clarity and lack ofbias. Controversial issues are discussedin a stimulating and non-dogmatic waywith some insightful comments.’The Lancet
2003 247 x 174 mm 412pp 7 line diagrams 5 half-tones978 0 521 49632 2 (0 521 49632 2)Hardback £80.00
Familial Breast andOvarian CancerGenetics, Screening andManagementEdited by Patrick J. MorrisonBelfast City Hospital, Belfast
Shirley V. HodgsonGuy’s Hospital, London
and Neva E. HaitesUniversity of Aberdeen
This publication surveys the profoundand far-reaching ramifications that havearisen from advances in cancer genetics.Written by international experts fromEurope and North America, this bookprovides the busy clinician with acontemporary and wide-ranging guideto the latest developments in thediagnosis, genetics, screening,prevention and management of familialbreast cancer.‘… this is a very good state of the artdocument of the current knowledge,covering most aspects of the geneticbackground and the clinicalmanagement of suspected familialbreast and ovarian cancer in mid-2002… for those in the phase of starting upa clinical service the book containsvaluable information and would bevery useful as a basic guide…’.Human Genetics
2002 247 x 174 mm 418pp 52 tables11 figures978 0 521 80373 1 (0 521 80373 X)Hardback £75.00
Outcomes Assessmentin CancerMeasures, Methods andApplicationsEdited by Joseph LipscombNational Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland
Carolyn C. GotayCancer Research Center, Hawaii
and Claire SnyderNational Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland
Cancer has profound effects on patientsand families, but measuring outcomessuch as quality of life poses uniquechallenges. This book providesperspectives on the state of canceroutcomes measurement and offers apenetrating discussion on a topiccritically important to evaluating andenhancing the quality of cancer care.
2004 247 x 174 mm 676pp 59 tables24 graphs 22 figures978 0 521 83890 0 (0 521 83890 8)Hardback £90.00
Hematology and Oncology
17
Clinical Bone Marrowand Blood Stem CellTransplantationThird editionEdited by Kerry AtkinsonOsiris Therapeutics Inc, Baltimore
Richard ChamplinMD Anderson Cancer Center, Texas
Jerome RitzDana-Faber Cancer Institute, Harvard MedicalSchool, Massachussetts
Willem E. FibbeRijksuniversiteit Leiden, The Netherlands
Per LjungmanHuddinge Universitetssjukhus
and Malcom K. BrennerBaylor College of Medicine, Texas
Drs Richard Champlin, Jerome Ritz,Willem Fibbe, Per Ljungman, andMalcom K. Brenner join Kerry Atkinsonas editors of this definitive reference onthe clinical practice and underlyingscience of hematopoietic stem celltransplantation. This third edition text issignificantly revised and updated with124 chapters on all aspects ofautologous, syngeneic, and allogeneictransplantation. This new edition isthoroughly referenced through 2003with a final ‘breaking news’ chapterfrom this rapidly evolving field. Thisauthoritative and practical text is anessential resource for hematologists,oncologists, and transplant specialists.
• Five new internationally-recognizededitors
• Accessible, balanced coveragebetween basic science and clinical data
• Completely updated and referencedthrough 2003 with 18 new chaptersReview from the second edition:‘… a lively, robust, authoritative, andencyclopedic text on everything youcould ever want to know about bonemarrow … The book is a masterpiece.’Bloodline
2004 279 x 215 mm 2000pp 600 line diagrams 100 half-tones 20 colour plates 600 tables978 0 521 82912 0 (0 521 82912 7)Hardback £245.00
Neoplastic Diseases ofthe BloodFourth editionEdited by Peter H. Wiernik, MDNew York Medical College
John M. Goldman, DMImperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
Janice P. Dutcher, MDNew York Medical College
and Robert A. Kyle, MDMayo Medical School, Rochester
Extensively revised since the thirdedition in 1995, this comprehensive textcovers all common and rare malignantblood cancers and is an essentialreference for hematologists andoncologists. The sixty-two chapters aredivided into sections on ChronicLeukemias and Related Disorders, AcuteLeukemias, Myeloma and RelatedDisorders, Lymphomas, and SupportiveCare.‘No other current text covers thespectrum of hematologic neoplasia ascomprehensively.’Journal of the American Medical Association(refers to a previous edition of this text)
2003 279 x 215 mm 1214pp 400 line diagrams 125 half-tones 25 colour plates 100 tables978 0 521 79136 6 (0 521 79136 7)Hardback £245.00
Cancer PainAssessment and ManagementEdited by Eduardo D. Bruera, MDUniversity of Texas, M. D. Anderson CancerCenter
and Russell K. Portenoy, MDBeth Israel Medical Center and Albert EinsteinCollege of Medicine
This comprehensive book discusses theunique characteristics of cancer pain,including its pathophysiology, clinicalassessment, diagnosis, pharmacologicalmanagement and nonpharmacologicaltreatment. Cancer Pain is a scholarly butaccessible text that will be an essentialresource for physicians, nurses, andmedical students who treat patientssuffering from cancer pain.‘Although there are numerous cancerpain handbooks or quick referenceguides, there are no competitors tothis book. there is nothing ascomprehensive and as scientificallyrigorous as this book.’Doody’s
2003 279 x 215 mm 500pp 20 line diagrams 10 half-tones 35 tables978 0 521 77332 4 (0 521 77332 6)Hardback £130.00
Handbook ofAdvanced Cancer CareEdited by Michael J. FischMD Anderson Cancer Center, University of Texas
and Eduardo BrueraMD Anderson Cancer Center, University of Texas
Cancer patients increasingly receiveend-of-life care from a variety ofphysicians and nurses. In this handbook,two eminent physicians from one of theworld’s foremost cancer centers havegathered a remarkable team to coverthe range of problems non-specialistswill encounter, from breaking bad newsto managing complex symptoms.‘This book does fill in a gap, inrecognizing the information needs ofthe wide range of multidisciplinaryhealth professionals caring for thesepatients.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2003 247 x 174 mm 532pp 6 half-tones87 tables 19 figures978 0 521 01043 6 (0 521 01043 8)Paperback £45.00
Disorders ofHemoglobinGenetics, Pathophysiology, andClinical ManagementEdited by Martin H. SteinbergUniversity of Mississippi
Bernard G. ForgetYale University, Connecticut
Douglas R. HiggsMRC, Institute of Molecular Medicine, Oxford
and Ronald L. NagelAlbert Einstein College of Medicine, New York
Foreword by H. Franklin Bunn
Disorders of Hemoglobin stands out asthe definitive work on the genetics,pathophysiology, and clinicalmanagement of hemoglobinopathiesand thalassemia. Drs Steinberg, Forget,Higgs, and Nagel have gathered theworld authorities on the science andclinical management of these disordersand created the authoritative textbookfor researchers and clinicians alike.‘The first chapter sets the stage byproviding a comprehensive historicalperspective. The high quality of thebook continues from there … thisbook will be invaluable to experts inthe field and extremely useful tomedical students and house officerswho want a single resource in which toreview the clinical aspects ofhemoglobin disorders.’New England Journal of Medicine
2001 279 x 215 mm 1282pp 268 line diagrams 88 half-tones 34 colour plates 143 tables978 0 521 63266 9 (0 521 63266 8)Hardback £230.00
Hematology and Oncology
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
18
Platelets in Thromboticand Non-thromboticDisordersPathophysiology, Pharmacologyand TherapeuticsEdited by Paolo GreseleUniversità degli Studi di Perugia, Italy
Clive P. PageSackler Institute of Pulmonary Pharmacologyand Therapeutics, Guy’s, King’s and St Thomas’School of Biomedical Sciences, London
Valentin FusterMount Sinai Medical Center and School ofMedicine, New York
and Jos VermylenUniversiteitsbibliotheek-K.U., Leuven
A detailed, up-to-date, highly referencedtext for clinical scientists and physicians,including recent developments in thisrapidly expanding field. It will be anessential reference for biomedicalscientists and clinicians in hematology,vascular medicine, cardiology,thrombosis and related disciplines.‘… a comprehensive, detailed, up-to-date text for clinicians and basicscientists … A large group of leadingexperts, both basic scientists andclinical opinion leaders, havecontributed to the book, giving a veryinternational and interdisciplinarytexture to this text. Comprehensivetables, schemes, some very nice colormicrographs render the book easy toread and extensive and updatedbibliographic citations may make thebook a ready source of landmarkreferences … any scientist interestedin this subject will enjoy theeducational journey through plateletsthis book offers; it is obligatoryreading for anyone who wishes toembark on platelet studies.’Journal of Thrombosis and Haemostatsis
2002 276 x 219 mm 1124pp 160 line diagrams 90 half-tones 15 colour plates 90 tables 12 figures978 0 521 80261 1 (0 521 80261 X)Hardback £270.00
Cytometric Analysis ofCell Phenotype andFunctionEdited by Desmond A. McCarthyQueen Mary, University of London
and Marion G. MaceyThe Royal London Hospital, London
A comprehensive introduction to thetheory and clinical applications of flowcytometry and laser scanning cytometryin the assessment of cell phenotype andfunction. All chapters contain detailedprotocols from leading authorities withextensive practical experience. This is an
essential handbook and reference forclinicians and biomedical researchscientists.‘… an up-to-date book that is usefulfor everybody working in thecytometry field, as well as for thosewith a more general interest inbiomedical sciences.’Rafael Nunez, Nature Cell Biology
2001 246 x 189 mm 430pp 122 line diagrams 3 half-tones 13 colour plates 62 tables978 0 521 66029 7 (0 521 66029 7)Hardback £110.00
Understanding CancerFrom Basic Science to ClinicalPracticeMalcolm AlisonRoyal Postgraduate Medical School, London
and Catherine SarrafRoyal Postgraduate Medical School, London
This informative and fully illustrated newtextbook covers all aspects of cancerbiology, from the cellular processesunderlying tumorigenesis, all the waythrough to the development of newagents and strategies to improve cancertreatment and prevention. It provides aclear and concise introductory accountwhich will be ideal for students ofmedicine and biology.‘ … this is a useful book. It will beused by students of clinical andmedical oncology as scientificbackground’.British Medical JournalPostgraduate Medical Science
1997 247 x 174 mm 277pp 103 line diagrams 83 half-tones 25 tables978 0 521 56751 0 (0 521 56751 3)Paperback £31.00
Living and Dying withCancerAngela Armstrong-CosterUniversity of Southampton
Through a series of individual narratives,this book explores the impact of beingdiagnosed with cancer on those withthe disease and the people aroundthem. An invaluable resource for socialscientists, health professionals andthose coming to terms with the impactof cancer on their own lives.‘… allows us a glimpse of some of themost personal and sensitive issues …there are important messages forthose who work in medical oncologyand palliative care …’The value of thisbook is in what the patients have tosay. Anyone who works in palliativecare will benefit from listening to them
and it should be required reading foranyone training in medical or radiationoncology.’International Association for Hospice andPalliative Care e-Newsletter
2004 228 x 152 mm 208pp978 0 521 83765 1 (0 521 83765 0)Hardback £40.00978 0 521 54667 6 (0 521 54667 2)Paperback £15.99
TEXTBOOK
NEW EDITION
FORTHCOMING
The Biological Basis ofCancerSecond editionRobert G. McKinnellUniversity of Minnesota
Ralph E. ParchmentWayne State University
Alan O. PerantoniNational Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland
G. Barry PierceUniversity of Colorado Medical Center
and Ivan DamjanovUniversity of Kansas
This text, designed for undergraduatestaking a cancer biology course, coverseverything from the molecular to clinicalaspects of the subject. Chapters discusscancer pathology, metastasis,carcinogenesis, genetics, oncogenes andtumor suppressors, epidemiology, andthe biological basis of cancer treatment.Included are an appendix describingselected cancers, and a glossary.
2006 253 x 177 mm 400pp 60 line diagrams 80 half-tones 8 colour plates978 0 521 60633 2 (0 521 60633 0)Paperback c. £33.00978 0 521 84458 1 (0 521 84458 4)Hardback c. £90.00Publication January 2006
Drug Resistance inCancerMechanisms and ModelsJames H. GoldieUniversity of British Columbia, Vancouver
and Andrew J. ColdmanUniversity of British Columbia, Vancouver
Provides an accessible yet sophisticatedaccount of the mechanisms responsiblefor drug resistance in cancer. Inaddition, the authors use clearlyexplained mathematical models toprovide an insight into tumourdevelopment and the effectiveness andlimitations of drug treatment.
Hematology and Oncology
19
This volume provides a very goodoverview of the drug resistance fieldwith special emphasis on mathematicalmodels and can be recommended toeveryone interested in the field.V. Spataro, Annals of Oncology
1998 228 x 152 mm 256pp 22 line diagrams 6 tables978 0 521 48273 8 (0 521 48273 9)Hardback £65.00
InfectiousDiseases
Hospital Infection:From Miasmas toMRSAGraham A. J. AyliffeUniversity of Birmingham
and Mary P. EnglishUnited Bristol Hospitals Trust
This is an absorbing account of thecontinuing battle to control hospitalinfections, from the earliest days ofhospital care when bad air or miasmawas thought to be the cause, to thepresent day and the emergence ofantibiotic-resistant ‘superbugs’ such asMRSA and necrotizing fasciitis.‘This is valuable reading for anyonewho wants to know more about thecurrent state of things and how we gothere …’.Health Service Journal
2003 247 x 174 mm 288pp 29 half-tones1 table978 0 521 81935 0 (0 521 81935 0)Hardback £55.00978 0 521 53178 8 (0 521 53178 0)Paperback £27.00
Manual of InfectionControl ProceduresSecond editionN. N. DamaniThe Queen’s University of Belfast
Foreword by A. M. EmmersonQueen’s Medical Centre, Nottingham
The new, updated and significantlyexpanded edition of the Manual ofInfection Control Procedures provides acomprehensive overview of the mainaspects of infection control, and givespractical, evidence-basedrecommendations and easy-to-followadvice on strategies to prevent infectionin all care facilities.
2003 234 x 156 mm 343pp 40 line diagrams978 1 841 10107 1 (1 841 10107 9)Paperback £30.00
TEXTBOOK
Microbial Inhabitantsof HumansTheir Ecology and Role in Healthand DiseaseMichael WilsonUniversity College London
The microbes that live on humans arediscussed in this textbook for advancedstudents. It explains how theseindigenous microorganisms come to beon our body and how they can survivethere. The benefits of these organismsto humans are discussed along with thediseases that they can cause.
2005 246 x 189 mm 476pp 73 line diagrams 63 half-tones 2 colour plates 194 tables978 0 521 84158 0 (0 521 84158 5)Hardback £35.00
The Moral Economy ofAIDS in South AfricaNicoli NattrassUniversity of Cape Town
Relatively few people have access toantiretroviral treatment in South Africa.The government justifies this ongrounds of affordability, a view thatNicoli Nattrass argues is insulating AIDSpolicy from social discussion and thepossibilities of financing a large scaleintervention.
2003 224pp978 0 521 54864 9 (0 521 54864 0)Paperback £19.95
HIV/AIDS in SouthAfricaEdited by Salim Abdool KarimUniversity of Natal, South Africa
and Quarraisha Abdool KarimUniversity of Natal, South Africa
This definitive textbook was written by ahighly-respected team of southernAfrican HIV experts and provides athoroughly researched account of theepidemic in the region. It covers thenumbers, the science, risk factors,prevention strategies, impact, politicsand the future of AIDS in South Africa.
2005 247 x 174 mm 700pp978 0 521 61629 4 (0 521 61629 8)Paperback c. £35.00
AIDS and HIV inPerspectiveA Guide to Understanding theVirus and its ConsequencesSecond editionBarry D. SchoubNational Institute of Virology
A new edition of Dr Schoub’s popularand informative account brings thereader up to date on our currentunderstanding and management of HIVand AIDS. Aimed at the general reader itis adeptly illustrated and bridges thegap between specialist science literatureand basic public educational material.
1999 228 x 152 mm 296pp 18 line diagrams 40 half-tones 2 tables978 0 521 62150 2 (0 521 62150 X)Hardback £48.00978 0 521 62766 5 (0 521 62766 4)Paperback £21.99
Bacterial Invasion ofHost CellsEdited by Richard J. LamontUniversity of Florida
This book addresses an aspect of theprocesses by which bacteria can causedisease. Specifically, the ability of certainbacteria to gain entry within host cellsis described. It is important tounderstand these invasion mechanismsin order to fully understand the diseaseprocess. Specific examples of invasivebacteria are discussed in detail.Advances in Molecular and CellularMicrobiology, 5
2004 228 x 152 mm 344pp 22 line diagrams 16 half-tones 9 colour plates 2 tables978 0 521 80954 2 (0 521 80954 1)Hardback £65.00
Infectious Diseases
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
20
Susceptibility toInfectious DiseasesThe Importance of Host GeneticsEdited by Richard BellamyKintampo Health Research Centre, Ghana
Extensive evidence has now accumulatedthat host genes are importantdeterminants of the outcome of infectionfor many common pathogens. This book,written by leading authorities,summarises the advances which havebeen made in understanding thecomplexity of host genetic susceptibility.Advances in Molecular and CellularMicrobiology, 4
2004 228 x 152 mm 422pp 37 line diagrams 2 half-tones 2 colour plates 26 tables978 0 521 81525 3 (0 521 81525 8)Hardback £65.00
Salmonella InfectionsClinical, Immunological andMolecular AspectsEdited by Pietro MastroeniUniversity of Cambridge
Duncan MaskellUniversity of Cambridge
Leading researchers discuss key aspectsof the biology of Salmonella entericainfections in this broad-ranging book. Itwill equip the reader with detailed andup-to-date knowledge of S. enterica,giving an integrated view of clinical,molecular and immunological aspects ofthese infections.Advances in Molecular and CellularMicrobiology
2005 228 x 152 mm 320pp 10 line diagrams 5 colour plates 19 tables15 figures978 0 521 83504 6 (0 521 83504 6)Hardback c. £65.00Publication October 2005
Bacterial Protein ToxinsRole in the Interference with CellGrowth RegulationEdited by Alistair J. LaxKing’s College London
Bacterial toxins are potent molecularpoisons that are released by bacteria tocause disease. This book describes howtoxins can enter cells to subvert cellfunction by interfering with the keyprocesses involved in cell growth anddivision, and the ability of cells todifferentiate into specialised cells.Advances in Molecular and CellularMicrobiology, 7
2005 228 x 152 mm 254pp 60 line diagrams 40 half-tones 8 colour plates978 0 521 82091 2 (0 521 82091 X)Hardback £65.00
Congenital andPerinatal InfectionsPrevention, Diagnosis andTreatmentMarie-Louise NewellInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
and James McIntyreUniversity of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg
This concise and accessible accountprovides an essential guide to thediagnosis, management and preventionof perinatal infections. An internationalteam of experts have striven to makethis an account suitable for all doctorsand allied health professionals aroundthe world charged with the care of themother and newborn.‘Newell and McIntyre provide a world-view of their subject withcontributions from the UK, North andSouth America, South Africa andcontinental Europe … Congenital andPerinatal Infections manages tocombine the roles of comprehensivetextbook and rapid reference-source… this is a very affordable book and Iwould say, read it now.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2000 247 x 174 mm 356pp 4 half-tones49 tables 4 figures978 0 521 78979 0 (0 521 78979 6)Paperback £43.00
JOURNAL
BiofilmsEditor-in-Chief: Michael WilsonUniversity College London
Biofilms are increasingly beingrecognised as the preferred mode ofgrowth of microbes in a wide range ofhabitats. Biofilms have a large andvaried role in human activities frombeing responsible for a number ofdiseases in humans and animals to alsobeing invaluable in the treatment ofdomestic sewage and industrial wastes.
Biofilms aims to be the most importantforum for the publication of articles onbiofilms and the journal of choice forresearchers in the biofilm field.
Published quarterly,Biofilms, containsoriginal research articles and reviewarticles covering the structure, formationand growth of biofilms, gene expressionand transfer in biofilms, human andanimal diseases involving biofilms,biofilms in the food, oil andpharmaceutical industries, biofilmsassociated with soil, water, wastetreatment, corrosion and marineenvironments. It also publishes reviews
of books and internet sites and willcontain announcements of interest tothe biofilm community.Subscriptions
Volume 2 in 2005: January, April, July, OctoberInstitutions print and electronic: £206/$324Institutions electronic only: £172/$274Institutions print only: £187/$298Individuals print only: £84/$134Print ISSN 1479-0505Electronic ISSN 1479-0513
Mac Keith PressTitles
Prechtl’s Method onthe QualitativeAssessment of GeneralMovements inPreterm, Term andYoung InfantsChrista EinspielerMedical University of Graz, Austria
Heinz F. R. PrechtlRijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands
Arend F. BosRijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands
Fabrizio FerrariUniversità degli Studi di Modena, Italy andUniversità di Reggio Calabria, Italy
and Giovanni CioniUniversità degli Studi, Pisa and Stella MarisFoundation
This book describes Heinz Prechtl’squalitative assessment of generalmovements (GMs) for the earlydetection of neurological anomalieswhich point to cerebral palsy anddevelopmental deficits later on in life. Itincludes a CD-ROM giving 15 casesselected from the book to demonstratethe different age-specific movementpatterns.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 167
2005 253 x 203 mm 104pp 6 tables56 figures978 1 898 68340 7 (1 898683 40 9)Mixed Media £30.00
Mac Keith Press
21
The Treatment of GaitProblems in CerebralPalsyEdited by James R. GageUniversity of Minnesota
A range of experts who manage gaitproblems in cerebral palsy havecombined to create this state-of-the artresource. They examine brain pathology,current treatment modalities, childassessment, and treatment outcomes.An attached CD-ROM illustrates theprocess of gait analysis. Clinicians,therapists and bioengineers will find thisbook uniquely useful.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 164
2004 239 x 170 mm 464pp 30 half-tones10 colour plates978 1 898 68337 7 (1 898683 37 9)Mixed Media £85.00
Management of theMotor Disorders ofChildren with CerebralPalsySecond editionEdited by David ScruttonInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
Diane DamianoUniversity of Washington
and Margaret MaystonUniversity College London
This entirely rewritten new edition, withtwo new editors from America andAustralia, describes the most up-to-datethinking on the treatment of cerebralpalsy. Coverage includes the types ofcerebral palsy; assessment; goal-setting;learning and neural plasticity;mechanisms of deformity, its preventionand treatment, and the transition toadult life.‘… this will be an essential book forall those who are managing the healthand development of these children.’New Medical World WeeklyClinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 161
2004 232 x 152 mm 214pp978 1 898 68332 2 (1 898683 32 8)Hardback £50.00
Gross Motor FunctionMeasure (GMFM) Self-Instructional TrainingCD-ROMMary LaneCanChild Centre of Childhood DisabilityResearch, Hamilton
and Dianne RussellMcMaster University, Ontario
These CD-ROMs enable practitioners totrain independently as reliable users ofthe printed Gross Motor FunctionMeasure (GMFM). They include scoringdetails of all 88 items in the GMFM, aswell as several video examples for eachchosen to reflect a variety of scores andto highlight significant trainingprinciples.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press)
2003 2 CD-ROMs 978 1 898 68330 8 (1 898683 30 1)CD-ROM £40.00
Gross Motor FunctionMeasure (GMFM-66and GMFM-88) User’sManualDianne J. RussellMcMaster University, Ontario
Peter L. RosenbaumMcMaster University, Ontario
Lisa M. AveryCanChild Centre of Childhood DisabilityResearch, Hamilton
and Mary LaneCanChild Centre of Childhood DisabilityResearch, Hamilton
This new version of The Gross MotorFunction Measure (GMFM-66) isdesigned to evaluate the gross motorabilities of children with cerebral palsy.It is completely revised and improvedand includes a user-friendly, softwareprogram to aid in scoring andinterpretation supplied on a CD-ROM.‘This is a hands-on, practicallyorientated book. It is easy to read, andclearly written, with precisedescriptions and with well-structuredpage layout.’European Journal of Paediatric NeurologyClinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 159
2002 232 x 152 mm 230pp 24 tables15 figures978 1 898 68329 2 (1 898683 29 8)Mixed Media £55.00
Cerebral PalsiesEpidemiology and CausalPathwaysFiona J. StanleyTVW Telethon Institute for Child HealthResearch
Eve BlairTVW Telethon Institute for Child HealthResearch
and Eva AlbermanSt Bartholemew’s Hospital
This totally new clinical text gives:
• Guidance on how best to studycauses
• An account and analysis ofinternational research
• Methods of collection and analysis ofdata
• A review of all published data
• New ways of thinking about causalpathways in the cerebral palsies
• Possible new prevention pathways
• A guide to systematic managementClinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 151
2000 239 x 170 mm 250pp 23 line diagrams 42 tables 20 graphs978 1 898 68320 9 (1 898683 20 4)Hardback £45.00
Hip Disorders inChildhoodEdited by John V. BantaConnecticut Children’s Medical Center
and David ScruttonUniversity College London
This book brings together expertdiscussions of the aetiology,presentation, diagnosis, treatment andthe range of outcomes of hip disordersin children. It is written primarily forpaediatricians, physiotherapists,occupational therapists, nurses andorthotists to provide what everyclinician should know about thedeveloping hip joint.‘The book is very relevant tophysiotherapists working in the variedfield of paediatrics and provides auseful resource and collatesinformation that previously may haveonly been found in several differenttexts.’Psychotherapy JournalClinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 160
2003 232 x 152 mm 284pp 80 figures978 1 898 68333 9 (1 898683 33 6)Hardback £50.00
Mac Keith Press
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
22
Movement Disordersin ChildrenEmilio Fernandez-AlvarezUniversitat de Barcelona
and Jean AicardiHôpital Robert Debré, Paris
This book brings the combined expertiseof two world-known authorities to thesystematic and practical study ofmovement disorders in childhood.Clinical in emphasis, the authors coverall the diseases, including the less well-known conditions. For the first time allthe available information has beenbrought together in one volume.‘There is still much to be learnt in thefield of paediatric movement disorder,and much to be recorded in futuretexts in the area. One can only hopethat they will be as intelligentlywritten as this pioneering work.’European Journal of Paediatric NeurologyInternational Review of Child Neurology(Mac Keith Press)
2001 238 x 155 mm 272pp 21 line diagrams 28 half-tones 36 tables978 1 898 68323 0 (1 898683 23 9)Hardback £50.00
Central NervousSystem Tumours ofChildhoodEdward EstlinRoyal Manchester Children’s Hospital
and Stephen LowisThe Hospital for Sick Children, Bristol
This concise, broad and practical textcovers all clinical aspects of centralnervous system tumours in children,ranging from diagnosis andmanagement to important areas ofresearch likely to impact on clinicalpractice. It will be essential reading forall professionals looking after childrenwith brain tumours.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 166
2005 239 x 170 mm 192pp 20 half-tones20 tables 10 figures978 1 898 68338 4 (1 898683 38 7)Hardback c. £50.00
Diseases of theNervous System inChildhoodSecond editionJean AicardiInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
A comprehensively updated new editionof this widely acclaimed reference text.From the reviews of the first edition: ‘A1400 page textbook by a masterclinician and teacher with unparalleledexperience in both hospital andambulatory child neurology has to betaken seriously and can be consultedwith confidence.’
New England Journal of Medicine
‘I would strongly recommend this textto all physicians who care for childrenwith diseases of the nervous system.’
Steven Phillips, MD Journal of ChildNeurologyClinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press)
1998 280 x 206 mm 907pp 270 half-tones978 1 898 68316 2 (1 898683 16 6)Hardback £165.00
Shaken BabySyndrome and OtherNon-Accidental HeadInjuries in ChildrenEdited by Robert MinnsUniversity of Edinburgh
and Keith BrownRoyal Edinburgh Hospital for Sick Children
The Research Programme on ShakenBaby Syndrome in Edinburgh isinternationally recognised for itsresearch into the impact and effects ofshaking a baby. In this book, a highlydistinguished team of experts from theprogramme present their latest findings,covering diagnosis and the resultinglong-term disability.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 162
2006 239 x 170 mm 240pp 80 half-tones978 1 898 68335 3 (1 898683 35 2)Hardback c. £50.00Publication May 2006
Sleep Disturbance inChildren andAdolescents withDisorders ofDevelopmentIts Significance andManagementGregory StoresUniversity of Oxford
and Lucinda WiggsUniversity of Oxford
In this book an international team ofexperts provides the clinician for thefirst time with an integrated,comprehensive and up-to-date review ofthe nature, causes, assessment andmanagement of sleep disturbance indevelopmental disorders.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 155
2001 239 x 170 mm 236pp 17 tables2 figures978 1 898 68324 7 (1 898683 24 7)Hardback £45.00
Cognitive andBehaviouralDisturbances ofEpileptic Origin inChildrenEdited by Thierry DeonnaUniversité de Lausanne, Switzerland
and Elaine Roulet-PerezUniversité de Lausanne, Switzerland
Preface by Jean AicardiInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
This book describes the effects thatdifferent kinds of childhood epilepsy canhave on behavior and cognitivedevelopment. It is written for thevarious professionals dealing with suchchildren (pediatricians, neurologists,psychologists) and gives a general viewof the complex interrelation betweenmedical psychological and educationalproblems in these children.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 168
2005 236 x 170 mm 250pp 3 half-tones39 tables 30 figures978 1 898 68343 8 (1 898683 43 3)Hardback c. £50.00Publication September 2005
Mac Keith Press
23
DevelopmentalDisability andBehaviourEdited by Christopher GillbergSahlgren University Hospital, Göteborg, Sweden
and Gregory O’BrienNorthgate Hospital, Morpeth
This book reviews all the latest clinicalmodels for working with developmentaldisability and behavioural problems. Thecontributors, all acknowledged expertsin their fields of paediatrics, psychologyand psychiatry, provide a comprehensiveand practical overview of this set ofmajor challenges.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 149
2000 239 x 170 mm 200pp 15 line diagrams 4 half-tones 10 tables978 1 898 68318 6 (1 898683 18 2)Hardback £42.50
The Biology of theAutistic SyndromesThird editionChristopher GillbergSahlgren University Hospital, Göteborg
and Mary ColemanGeorgetown University, Washington DC
In this completely reworked and updatedthird edition, two world authoritiesaddress the difficulties the autisticsyndrome presents for the clinician withdiagnostic aids and clear guidelines formedical evaluation. The authorsencompass all aspects of the diseaseand its management, concluding with anessential integration of currentknowledge from diverse fields.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 153
2000 239 x 170 mm 340pp 10 line diagrams 30 half-tones 2 colour plates 25 tables 5 graphs978 1 898 68322 3 (1 898683 22 0)Hardback £60.00
The ClinicalManagement ofCraniosynostosisEdited by Richard HaywardGreat Ormond Street Hospital for Children,London
Barry JonesGreat Ormond Street Hospital for Children,London
David DunawayGreat Ormond Street Hospital for Children,London
and Robert EvansGreat Ormond Street Hospital for Children,London
Children with craniosynostosis are bornwith congenital deformities of the faceand skull. In severe cases associatedproblems are common: blindness,deafness, severe learning difficulties andfacial deformities. In this book, expertsin the field introduce the non-craniofacial specialist to how they cancontribute to the child’s welfare.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (Mac Keith Press), 163
2004 239 x 170 mm 438pp 30 half-tones20 tables 20 figures978 1 898 68336 0 (1 898683 36 0)Hardback £80.00
Tuberous SclerosisComplexFrom Basic Science to ClinicalPhenotypesEdited by Paolo CuratoloUniversità degli Studi di Roma ‘Tor Vergata’
‘This is clearly the most authoritativeand contemporary statement of currentknowledge yet published.’ from theForeword by H. Sarnat
Tuberous sclerosis complex presentswith seizures, cognitive impairments andautism. This up-to-the-minute bookenables the paediatrian to recognise,understand and treat the disease mosteffectively.‘The previous giant of tuberoussclerosis was Manuel Gomez of theMayo Clinic. The present giant is surelyPaolo Curatolo. Others will surely standon his shoulders, some of whom mayhave their enthusiasm first lit byreading this book. Pediatricneurologists, make sure you have it.’Journal of Pediatric NeurologyInternational Review of Child Neurology(Mac Keith Press)
2003 238 x 155 mm 328pp 20 half-tones20 tables 50 figures978 1 898 68339 1 (1 898683 39 5)Hardback £55.00
Disorders of NeuronalMigrationEdited by Peter G. BarthUniversiteit van Amsterdam
Disorders of neuronal migration arecauses of mental handicap, autism, andepilepsy. Many are geneticallydetermined and need precise diagnosisto provide genetic counselling. Thisbook will help the clinician acquireinsight as well as proficiency indiagnosis. Individual chapters describesubgroups and multisystem disorders,and neuroradiological and genetic data.International Review of Child Neurology(Mac Keith Press)
2003 232 x 152 mm 220pp978 1 898 68331 5 (1 898683 31 X)Hardback £45.00
FORTHCOMING
Stroke andCerebrovascularDisease in ChildhoodEdited by Vijeya GanesanInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
and Fenella KirkhamInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon and Great Ormond Street Hospital,London
In this book an international team ofexperts provide an up-to-the-minuteaccount of stroke and cerebrovasculardisease in children, ranging from ahistorical perspective to futuredirections, through epidemiology,neuroimaging, neurodevelopment,co-morbidities, diagnosis and treatment.Their practical approach to the clinicalproblems makes this essential readingfor practising clinicians.International Review of Child Neurology(Mac Keith Press)
2006 232 x 152 mm 180pp978 1 898 68334 6 (1 898683 34 4)Hardback c. £50.00Publication January 2006
Mac Keith Press
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
24
Communicatingwithout SpeechPractical Augmentative andAlternative Communication forChildrenHelen CockerillGuy’s Hospital, London
and Lesley Carroll-FewChelsea and Westminster Hospital, London
‘This book is full of useful informationwhich must surely be of value toanyone, whatever their discipline, whois trying to help children withdifficulties of communication. It also haslessons to teach all those involved withdisabled children with its philosophy ofdoing everything possible tocompensate for skills that are lacking.’European Journal of Paediatric NeurologyClinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 156
2002 239 x 170 mm 196pp 15 tables30 figures978 1 898 68325 4 (1 898683 25 5)Hardback £45.00
BehaviouralPhenotypes in ClinicalPracticeEdited by Gregory O’BrienUniversity of Northumbria, Newcastle
It is increasingly thought that thebehaviours of young people withintellectual disabilities are shaped by therespective causal syndrome. In this bookan international team of experts providesa practical resource for interventions andongoing care programmes to addressthis within the context of coordinatedmultimodal case planning.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 157
2002 239 x 170 mm 252pp978 1 898 68327 8 (1 898683 27 1)Hardback £45.00
Vitamin ResponsiveConditions inPaediatric NeurologyEdited by Peter BaxterUniversity of Sheffield
This book, the latest in the InternationalChild Neurology Review series, is thefirst authoritative synthesis of the roleof vitamin treatments in children withneurological disorders. In it aninternational team of experts drawsclinical, research and previouslyunpublished findings into one source.International Review of Child Neurology(Mac Keith Press)
2002 239 x 170 mm 190pp 25 tables24 figures978 1 898 68328 5 (1 898683 28 X)Hardback £50.00
Childhood HeadacheEdited by Ishaq Abu-ArafehStirling Royal Infirmary
Ishaq Abu-Arafeh leads an internationalteam of experts in the headache area toprovide an extensive and detailedreview of the recent findings inchildhood headache. This book, with itsevidence-based plans for managementand guidelines for investigations, will beessential reading for all clinicianstreating headache in children.‘The chapter on chronic dailyheadache, a fairly new diagnosis andprobably a variant of migraine, will beespecially helpful to those who adviseon this troublesome syndromealthough no less useful are thechapters relating to migraine.’Doctors.netClinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 158
2002 239 x 170 mm 208pp 20 tables5 figures978 1 898 68326 1 (1 898683 26 3)Hardback £45.00
The NeurologicalAssessment of thePreterm and Full-termNewborn InfantSecond editionLilly M. S. DubowitzHammersmith Hospital
Victor DubowitzHammersmith Hospital
and Eugenio MercuriHammersmith Hospital
‘Every physician who cares fornewborn babies has long beenawaiting the release of the secondedition of this book which has becomeon of the standard medicalassessments of newborn babies allover the globe. This book has alreadybecome an essential reference forevery neonatal unit, and again, Istrongly recommend it to those healthcase providers who care for newbornbabies.’European Journal of Paediatric NeurologyClinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 148
2000 239 x 170 mm 167pp 90 line diagrams 56 half-tones 11 tables978 1 898 68315 5 (1 898683 15 8)Hardback £40.00
A NeurodevelopmentalApproach to SpecificLearning DisordersEdited by Kingsley WhitmoreChelsea and Westminster Hospital, London
Hilary HartMac Keith Press
and Guy WillemsSaint-Luc University Hospital, Belgium
Foreword by Brian Neville
A practical guide to common learningdisorders detailing causation,epidemiology, and essential preventiveand management information.Clinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 145
1999 239 x 170 mm 320pp978 1 898 68311 7 (1 898683 11 5)Hardback £60.00
An Atlas of NeonatalBrain SonographyPaul GovaertGent University Hospital
and Linda S. de VriesWilhelmina Kinderziekenhuis
‘There can be little doubt that this titlerepresents the definitive work onneonatal cranial ultrasound.’Archives Disease in ChildhoodClinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 141
1997 239 x 170 mm 376pp 350 half-tones 50 colour plates978 1 898 68309 4 (1 898683 09 3)Hardback £65.00
Neonatal BehavioralAssessment ScaleThird editionT. Berry Brazeltonand J. Kevin NugentForeword by Martin BaxClinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 137
1995 239 x 170 mm 160pp 5 line diagrams 25 half-tones 10 tables1 898683 05 0 Hardback £35.00
A Neurophysiological Basisfor the Treatment of CerebralPalsySecond editionKarel BobathForeword by David Scruttonand Martin BaxClinics in Developmental Medicine (MacKeith Press), 75
1980 239 x 170 mm 109pp0 521 41202 1 Hardback £25.00
Mac Keith Press
25
JOURNAL
DevelopmentalMedicine and ChildNeurologyEditor: Peter BaxterMacKeith Press, London
Distributed for Mac Keith Press
Developmental Medicine and ChildNeurology (DMCN) is one of the world’sleading journals on paediatricneurology, and one of the leaders in thewhole field of paediatrics. In 2005 therewill be twelve issues as usual, plus atleast four supplements. DMCN is theofficially designated journal of theBritish Paediatric Neurology Associationand the American Academy for CerebralPalsy and Developmental Medicine. Itcovers a wide range of clinical topicsconcerning the neurological diseasesand disabilities of children. The journalis of interest both to specialists engagedin medical research and to clinicians inthe fields of paediatrics, genetics,orthopaedics, neurology and otherrelevant areas. It features originalarticles, case reports, annotations, lettersto the editor, and book reviews.Subscriptions
Volume 47 in 2005: Monthly, plussupplementsInstitutions print and electronic: £187/$303Institutions electronic only: £161/$265Institutions print only: £170/$275Individuals print plus electronic: £138/$224Students: £67/$100European Academy of Childhood Disability,British Association for Community ChildHealth (print and online): £138/$Members of the British Paediatric NeurologyAssociation and the American Academy forCerebral Palsy and Developmental Medicinereceive subscriptions (print and electronic) aspart of their membership.Print ISSN 0012-1622Electronic ISSN 1469-8749
Medical Ethics
Cases in Medical Ethicsand LawAn Interactive TutorialDavid LloydKing’s College London
Heather WiddowsUniversity of Birmingham
and Donna DickensonBirkbeck College, University of London
This is a fully interactive, problem-based-learning tutorial covering thecomplex legal and ethical issues raisedby six medical case scenarios coveringreproductive technology, consent,genetic screening, participation inresearch trials, paternity andconfidentiality. Each is presented withdrop-down menus, notebooks, requiredresponse boxes, audio and video clips,and a glossary.
2005 CD-ROM 978 0 521 53728 5 (0 521 53728 2)CD-ROM c. £35.00Publication July 2005
Case Analysis inClinical EthicsEdited by Richard AshcroftImperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
Anneke LucassenUniversity of Southampton
Michael ParkerUniversity of Oxford
Marian VerkerkRijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands
and Guy WiddershovenUniversiteit Maastricht, Netherlands
This book surveys the main methods ofanalysing ethical problems in modernmedicine. The authors present achallenging genetics case and analyse itfrom different theoretical view points.Each presents one approach, giving asense of how far different theoreticalstarting points and methodologies canlead to different practical conclusions.
2005 228 x 152 mm 288pp 3 tables3 figures978 0 521 83549 7 (0 521 83549 6)Hardback c. £50.00978 0 521 54315 6 (0 521 54315 0)Paperback c. £24.99Publication September 2005
Preventing IntellectualDisabilityEthical and Clinical IssuesPekka LouhialaUniversity of Helsinki
In this book Pekka Louhiala, apaediatrician and a philosopher, coverscomprehensively the ethical issuesinvolved in prevention of intellectualdisability (ID). These are discussedaround four real cases and cover thedefinition of ID, epidemiology,screening, genetic counselling and thequestion of whether or not ID should beprevented.
2003 247 x 174 mm 182pp 7 tables978 0 521 82633 4 (0 521 82633 0)Hardback £70.00978 0 521 53371 3 (0 521 53371 6)Paperback £30.00
Manual for ResearchEthics CommitteesCentre of Medical Law andEthics, King’s College LondonSixth editionEdited by Sue EcksteinKing’s College London
This new edition is a unique, single-volume compilation of the key legal andethical guidelines with chapters onmajor topics in bioethics speciallywritten by leading experts. There arefifteen new chapters covering key issuesfrom participation in clinical trials tocloning.‘… a timely and important publicationthat should be an invaluable aid forapplied psychologists, or anyoneplanning joint research with the NHS… any researcher or member of anethics committee will find plenty ofinterest.’The Psychologist
2003 276 x 219 mm 578pp 3 half-tones16 tables 17 figures978 0 521 81004 3 (0 521 81004 3)Hardback £120.00
Medical Ethics
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
26
Ethics and Evidence-Based MedicineFallibility and Responsibility inClinical ScienceKenneth W. GoodmanUniversity of Miami
This incisive book reviews the historyand conceptual origins of evidence-based practice and discusses key ethicalissues that arise in clinical practice,public health and health policy. It isessential reading for all physicians, andpractitioners in epidemiology and publichealth.‘Goodman’s book is well worth readingby anyone interested in health policy,EBM, and research synthesis. It is lucidand elegantly written.’The Lancet
2002 228 x 152 mm 180pp 1 linediagram978 0 521 81933 6 (0 521 81933 4)Hardback £65.00978 0 521 79653 8 (0 521 79653 9)Paperback £23.99
Euthanasia, Ethics andPublic PolicyAn Argument AgainstLegalisationJohn KeownUniversity of Cambridge
How cogent is the ‘slippery slope’objection to the issue of whethervoluntary euthanasia is permissible? Is itreasonable to argue that patients whodid not make a free and informedrequest would be killed? This lucidintroduction to this question willinterest all on both sides of the debate.‘… undoubtedly one of the mostcomprehensive critiques of euthanasiaand, serves as a necessarycounterbalance to the growing numberof pro-euthanasia contributions.…Lawyers and non-lawyers alike with aninterest in end-of-life issues willtherefore find this a stimulatingaddition to their undoubtedly well-stocked libraries.’New Law Journal
2002 228 x 152 mm 338pp978 0 521 00933 1 (0 521 00933 2)Paperback £16.99978 0 521 80416 5 (0 521 80416 7)Hardback £47.50
The Medico-Legal Back:An Illustrated GuideRobert A. DicksonSt James’s University Hospital, Leeds
and W. Paul ButtSt James’s University Hospital, Leeds
Back pain and back injury is anextremely common problem, producingchronic, debilitating symptoms forsufferers, and resulting in millions ofpounds of lost revenue in absence fromwork and paid in compensation forspinal injuries. The Medico-Legal Backaddress all aspects of the problem for alegal readership, in a clear, concise andreader-friendly style.
2004 246 x 189 mm 208pp978 1 841 10167 5 (1 841 10167 2)Hardback £49.50
From Chance to ChoiceGenetics and JusticeAllen BuchananUniversity of Arizona
Dan W. BrockBrown University, Rhode Island
Norman DanielsTufts University, Massachusetts
and Daniel WiklerUniversity of Wisconsin, Madison
This book is the first systematictreatment of the fundamental ethicalissues underlying the application ofgenetic technologies to human beings.The authors probe the implications ofgenetic advances for our understandingof distributive justice, and the role ofthe concept of human nature in ethicaltheory and practice.
2002 228 x 152 mm 412pp 1 linediagram978 0 521 66977 1 (0 521 66977 4)Paperback £17.99
TEXTBOOK
The CambridgeMedical EthicsWorkbookCase Studies, Commentaries andActivitiesMichael ParkerUniversity of Oxford
and Donna DickensonImperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
This is a case-based introduction tobioethics designed to examine themajor general and specific ethicalquestions by basing activities aroundactual cases, commentaries, and shortpapers provided by internationalexperts. It will be invaluable to anyonewho needs to develop skills in ethicalanalysis for clinical practice or research.‘It is refreshing to see a book onbioethics that is both comprehensiveand easily readable. This is a case-based book packed with high-qualityinformation … clever combination ofacademic material with practical casestudies has resulted in a remarkablypowerful and user-friendly book. Itwill probably succeed in making you atleast try to think ethically.’Doctor
2001 246 x 189 mm 374pp 2 tables1 figure978 0 521 78301 9 (0 521 78301 1)Hardback £90.00978 0 521 78863 2 (0 521 78863 3)Paperback £33.00
Errors, Medicine andthe LawAlan MerryUniversity of Auckland
and Alexander McCall SmithUniversity of Edinburgh
Merry and McCall-Smith take a hardlook at why people suffer injury in thecourse of medical treatment.Occasionally, blame may be appropriate,and the book is as much about when toblame, as when not to blame.‘[A] superb book … Merry and McCallSmith are not simply out to protectdoctors: their central thesis is thatmany ‘negligent’ incidents should notattract blame, but they also supportreporting systems because ‘there aretoo many medical accidents’ … I doknow some people who should beforced to read Errors, Medicine andthe Law.’British Medical Journal
2001 228 x 152 mm 296pp978 0 521 00088 8 (0 521 00088 2)Paperback £18.99978 0 521 80631 2 (0 521 80631 3)Hardback £50.00
Medical Ethics
27
TEXTBOOK
Ward EthicsDilemmas for Medical Studentsand Doctors in TrainingEdited by Thomasine K. KushnerUniversity of California, Berkeley
and David C. ThomasmaNeiswanger Institute of Bioethics and HealthPolicy, Loyola University Chicago Stritch Schoolof Medicine
In this book the editors present a seriesof case studies from around the worldand invite an international team ofleading ethicists and clinicians tocomment on them. Over 80 actual casescover the range of possible problems amedical trainee may encounter on theward.‘The book addresses a huge range oftopics that will be familiar to manyreaders from performing proceduresand the place of humour on the wardround to whistle blowing oncolleagues – the list is exhaustive.’British Medical Journal
2001 246 x 189 mm 284pp 1 table978 0 521 80291 8 (0 521 80291 1)Hardback £60.00978 0 521 66452 3 (0 521 66452 7)Paperback £21.99
The Ethics of MedicalResearch on HumansClaire FosterBoard for Social Responsibility, London
This book examines the three mainapproaches to moral decision-makingand looks at the problematic boundarieswhere best practice ends andexperimentation begins. It provides athorough, non-partisan grounding inwhat the ethical principles are and howthey can be applied. It will be essentialreading for all medical decision-makers.
2001 228 x 152 mm 174pp978 0 521 64196 8 (0 521 64196 9)Hardback £65.00978 0 521 64573 7 (0 521 64573 5)Paperback £24.99
Double Standards inMedical Research inDeveloping CountriesRuth MacklinAlbert Einstein College of Medicine, New York
Examines the ethical controversies thathave surrounded the design andconduct of international medicalresearch sponsored by industrializedcountries or industry, and carried out indeveloping countries. This is the firstbook to examine these issues, drawing
the bold conclusion that doublestandards in medical research areethically unacceptable.‘ … a very readable overview andanalysis of the main issues in one ofthe most acrimonious internationaldebates the field of ethics has seen inrecent times … As an easily digestedoverview this book could well becomethe standard textbook for researchersand students in postgraduate coursesin biomedical ethics.’British Medical JournalCambridge Law, Medicine and Ethics, 2
2004 228 x 152 mm 288pp978 0 521 83388 2 (0 521 83388 4)Hardback £50.00978 0 521 54170 1 (0 521 54170 0)Paperback £22.99
Ethical Issues inMaternal-FetalMedicineEdited by Donna L. DickensonUniversity of Birmingham
This book addresses the ethicalproblems in maternal-fetal medicinewhich impact directly on clinicalpractice. It is divided into parts by thestages of pregnancy and looks at issuesof power, new technology, ‘designerbabies’, and cultural, religiousdifference. It unites analytic philosophyand actual practice for clinicians.‘Donna Dickenson has written a skillfuloverview … a valuable contribution toa continuing discussion.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2002 228 x 152 mm 366pp978 0 521 66266 6 (0 521 66266 4)Hardback £80.00978 0 521 66474 5 (0 521 66474 8)Paperback £33.00
Genes and InsuranceEthical, Legal and EconomicIssuesMarcus RadetzkiStockholms Universitet
Marian RadetzkiStockholms Universitet
and Niklas JuthGöteborgs Universitet, Sweden
The genetic information that is availableto insurance companies has often beenregulated to avoid certain ethicaldifficulties. But regulation may not bethe solution, argue the authors, andsuggest instead the resurrection ofcollectively funded public insurances.This will interest academic researchersand professionals involved with geneticsand insurance.
‘… this timely book, a welcometranslation from the Swedish original… This excellent book tells acautionary tale about the prospects oftotal and partial regulation …’.The King’s College Law JournalCambridge Law, Medicine and Ethics, 1
2003 228 x 152 mm 178pp978 0 521 83090 4 (0 521 83090 7)Hardback £40.00
The Troubled HelixSocial and PsychologicalImplications of the New HumanGeneticsEdited by Theresa MarteauUnited Medical and Dental Schools of Guy’s andSt Thomas’s, London
and Martin Richards
This wide ranging and compellingaccount surveys the excitingopportunities and difficult problemswhich arise from the new humangenetics. This powerful new technologycan be used to predict an individual’ssusceptibility to diseases with a geneticcomponent, many of which areunfortunately still incurable.‘ … a very timely addition to thepublications on human genetics, andmedical genetics in particular … allthose who are concerned in geneticcounselling should read it.’British Medical Journal
1999 247 x 174 mm 380pp 11 line diagrams 2 half-tones 4 tables978 0 521 58612 2 (0 521 58612 7)Paperback £26.00
Medicolegal Essentialsin HealthcareSecond editionEdited by Jason Payne-JamesIan Walland Peter Dean
Medicolegal Essentials in Healthcareprovides an overview of the mostclinically relevant medicolegal issues forhealthcare groups. It is a valuableresource for medical, dental and nursingstudents in training as well as being auseful quick reference for practitionersin these fields. It provides up-to-date,concise, and comprehensive coverage.
2004 234 x 156 mm 256pp978 1 841 10170 5 (1 841 10170 2)Paperback £17.99
Medical Ethics
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
28
Management Mistakesin HealthcareIdentification, Correction, andPreventionEdited by Paul B. Hofmannand Frankie PerryUniversity of New Mexico
Foreword by Richard J. DavidsonAmerican Hospital Association
This book defines management mistakesand offers a variety of models to classifyand interpret them. Six case studiesdescribe management mistakes and arefollowed by commentaries by experts inthe field of healthcare management,indicating steps that might haveproduced more positive outcomes.‘ This book is a must-read foracademics, researchers and health carepractitioners. It contains an intriguingblend of facts, theory and practicalapplications. ‘Covering the waterfront’is an understatement. I found everychapter to be insightful and instructive.’C. Duane Dauner, President & CEO of theCalifornia Hospital Association, Sacramento,California
2004 247 x 174 mm 272pp 6 tables978 0 521 82900 7 (0 521 82900 3)Hardback £50.00
Legal and EthicalAspects of Anaesthesia,Critical Care andPerioperative MedicineStuart M. WhiteUniversity Hospital Trust, Sussex
and Timothy J. BaldwinKing’s College London
Perioperative medicine and critical careare areas in which issues of autonomy,dignity, consent, confidentiality, medicalresearch, life and death decision making,are ever-present. This book provides aone-stop reference for all medical andallied health care professionals whoencounter ethicolegal problems duringtheir management of patients.
2004 228 x 152 mm 222pp 8 line diagrams978 1 841 10209 2 (1 841 10209 1)Paperback £24.99
Legal and EthicalAspects of HealthcareS. A. M. McLeanUniversity of Glasgow
and J. K. MasonUniversity of Edinburgh
As each advance in medicine is made,and treatments become moresophisticated, the legal and moral issuessurrounding such treatments have also
multiplied. This book provides a uniqueand in-depth coverage of the mostimportant ethical and moral issuesfacing healthcare professionals, lawyersand the general public alike.
2003 234 x 156 mm 264pp978 1 841 10128 6 (1 841 10128 1)Paperback £23.99
Forensic MedicineClinical and Pathological AspectsEdited by Jason Payne-JamesForensic Healthcare Services Ltd, London
Anthony BusuttilUniversity of Edinburgh
and William SmockUniversity of Louisville, Kentucky
This book is intended to provide state-of-the-art information about theforensic aspects of medicine and relatedfields. Clear guidelines for the practicalapplications of issues are discussed andare fully referenced with the most up-to-date or most authoritative referencesand clear illustrations, tables andalgorithms for practical guidance.
2002 276 x 219 mm 840pp 500 half-tones978 1 841 10026 5 (1 841 10026 9)Hardback £145.00
Legal and EthicalAspects of OrganTransplantationDavid PriceDe Montfort University, Leicester
Professor David Price gives acomprehensive analysis of existing lawsand policies governing transplantationpractices around the world. Heexamines the meaning of death, cadaverorgan procurement policies, use of livingdonors, trading in human organs,experimental transplant procedures andxenotransplantation, identifyingchallenges and strategies, currentpractices and future developments.
2000 228 x 152 mm 507pp978 0 521 65164 6 (0 521 65164 6)Hardback £55.00
Cost-Value Analysis inHealth CareMaking Sense out of QALYSErik NordNational Institute of Public Health, Oslo
This book is a comprehensive and fullyup-to-date account of what it means totry to quantify health in distributingresources for health care. Erik Nordpresents an approach called cost-value
analysis in which samples of the generalpublic express preferences betweendifferent health-care programs.Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and PublicPolicy
1999 228 x 152 mm 181pp 5 line diagrams 17 tables978 0 521 64308 5 (0 521 64308 2)Hardback £45.00
Medical HarmHistorical, Conceptual andEthical Dimensions of IatrogenicIllnessVirginia Ashby Sharpeand Alan I. FadenGeorgetown University, Washington DC
This book integrates history, philosophy,medical ethics and empirical data toexamine the concept and phenomenonof medical harm, now recognized as asignificant risk factor in the delivery ofhealth care. Issues covered includeappropriateness of care, acceptable riskand practitioner accountability.
1998 228 x 152 mm 292pp 8 tables978 0 521 63490 8 (0 521 63490 3)Paperback £24.99
JOURNAL
International Journalof TechnologyAssessment in HealthCareEditors: Egon JonssonWorld Health Organization
and Stanley J. ReiserUniversity of Texas – Houston Health ScienceCenter
Some of the major dilemmas in societytoday involve the cost of newtechnologies, the allocation of availableresources and the ethical questionsraised. The International Journal ofTechnology Assessment in Health Careserves as a forum for the wide range ofprofessionals interested in theassessment of medical technology, itsconsequences for patients and itsimpact on society. It covers thegeneration, evaluation, diffusion anduse of health care technology. Inaddition to general essays, regularcolumns on technology assessmentreports, announcements, and thematicsections are published.
Medical Ethics
29
SubscriptionsVolume 21 in 2005: January, April, July andOctober Institutions print and electronic: £178/$286Institutions electronic only: £150/$240Institutions print only: £157/$252Individuals print only: £92/$148Special arrangements exist for membersHealth Technology Assessment international(HTAi).Print ISSN 0266-4623Electronic ISSN 1471-6348
JOURNAL
Cambridge Quarterlyof Healthcare EthicsThe International Journal forHealthcare Ethics and EthicsCommitteesEditors: Thomasine KushnerUniversity of California, Berkeley
and Steve HeiligSan Francisco Medical Center
The Cambridge Quarterly of HealthcareEthics is designed to address thechallenges of biology, medicine andhealthcare and to meet the needs ofprofessionals serving on healthcareethics committees in hospitals, nursinghomes, hospices and rehabilitationcentres. The aim of the journal is toserve as the international forum for thewide range of serious and urgent issuesfaced by members of healthcare ethicscommittees, physicians, nurses, socialworkers, clergy, lawyers and communityrepresentatives.Subscriptions
Volume 14 in 2005: January, April, July andOctoberInstitutions print and electronic: £116/$189Institutions electronic only: £97/$158Institutions print only: £102/$170Individuals print only: £47/$75Alliance for Science, Ethics and Technology(ASET) institutional members – print plusonline: £104/$170Institutional members – online-only ASET:£87/$142Individual members – print-only ASET, BritishPhilosophical Assoc.: £35/$56Print ISSN 0963-1801Electronic ISSN 1469-2147
JOURNAL
Journal of Social PolicyEditors: Jan PahlUniversity of Kent
and Emma WincupUniversity of Leeds
The Journal of the Social PolicyAssociation
Journal of Social Policy carries articleson all aspects of social policy in aninternational context. It places particular
emphasis upon articles which seek tocontribute to debates on the futuredirection of social policy, to advancetheories or to identify and analyseissues in the making andimplementation of social policies. A newonline resource, the ‘Social PolicyDigest’, was launched in 2004. This isan invaluable, fully-searchable andregularly updated source of informationabout current events across the wholesocial policy field. The Digest provides acommentary on changes in socialwelfare legislation and a review of themajor reports and surveys published bygovernment departments, leading thinktanks and voluntary bodies. Furtherenhancements to the resource will beadded in 2005, such as full searchfacilities and a news section.
Journal of Social Policy is part of the‘Social Policy Package’ – also includingSocial Policy and Society.Subscriptions
Volume 34 in 2005: January, April, July andOctoberInstitutions print and electronic: £224/$349Institutions electronic only: £183/$288Institutions print only: £203/$318Individuals print plus electronic: £65/$98Special arrangements exist for members ofSocial Policy Association.Print ISSN 0047-2794Electronic ISSN 1469-7823
JOURNAL
Social Policy andSocietyManaging Editor: Tony MaltbyUniversity of Birmingham
A Journal of the Social PolicyAssociation
Social Policy and Society is a newlyestablished international journalsponsored by the UK Social PolicyAssociation. Its intended audience aresocial policy specialists andpractitioners, although those within theother social science related fields,particularly sociology, politics andeconomics will find much of interest tothem. It brings discussion ofcontemporary social policy issues to awider audience and provides a valuableteaching and research resource to theworldwide social and public policycommunity. The journal welcomesstimulating original articles that drawupon contemporary policy-relatedresearch, teaching and learning issuesand wider developments in the socialsciences. Each issue contains short
refereed articles reflecting the topicaldebates and issues within social policyand uniquely, a themed section, editedby a Guest Editor, containing refereedarticles, an article reviewing the keyliterature plus a guide to key sources inthe themed area. Articles are warmlywelcomed and should be sent to theManaging Editor in the first instance.
Social Policy and Society is part of the‘Social Policy Package’ – also includingthe Online Digest and the Journal ofSocial PolicySubscriptions
Volume 1 in 2005: January, April, July andOctoberInstitutions print and electronic: £224/$349Institutions electronic only: £183/$288Institutions print only: £203/$318Individuals print plus electronic: £65/$98:£22/$33Print ISSN 1474-7464Electronic ISSN 1475-3073
JOURNAL
Palliative & SupportiveCareEditor-in-Chief: William BreitbartMemorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center
Editors: Harvey Max ChochinovUniversity of Manitoba
and Simon WeinPeter MacCallum Cancer Center
Managing Editor: Donna CassettaMemorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center
Palliative & Supportive Care focuses onthe psychiatric, psychosocial, spiritual,existential, ethical, and philosophicalaspects of palliative care. The journalserves as an educational resource forpractitioners engaged in the delivery ofcare to those with life threateningillnesses along the entire continuum ofcare from diagnosis to the end of life.The mission of Palliative & SupportiveCare is to expand the scope of theconcept of adequate palliative carebeyond pain and physical symptomcontrol, to include the psychiatric,psychosocial, existential and spiritualdomains of care.Subscriptions
Volume 3 in 2005: March, June, September,DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £177/$270Institutions electronic only: £152/$230Institutions print only: £160/$245Individuals print only: £78/$120Students: £49/$75Print ISSN 1478-9515Electronic ISSN 1478-9523
Medical Ethics
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
30
JOURNAL
Health Economics,Policy and LawEditors: Gregg BlocheGeorgetown University, Washington
William HsiaoHarvard University, Cambridge MA
Martin KnappLondon School of Economics and PoliticalScience
Elias MossialosLondon School of Economics and PoliticalScience
Adam OliverLondon School of Economics and PoliticalScience
and Thomas RiceUniversity of California, Los Angeles
International trends highlight theconfluence of economics, politics andlegal considerations in the health policyprocess. Health Economics, Policy andLaw will serve as a forum forscholarship on health policy issues fromthese perspectives, and will be of use toacademics, policy makers and healthcare managers and professionals. HEPLwill be international in scope, willpublish both theoretical and appliedwork, and will contain articles on allaspects of health policy. Considerableemphasis will be placed on rigorousconceptual development and analysis,and on the presentation of empiricalevidence that is relevant to the policyprocess.
Available on subscription from 2006.To subscribe please contact customer serviceson [email protected]
MedicalImaging
Clinical MRNeuroimagingDiffusion, Perfusion andSpectroscopyEdited by Jonathan H. GillardUniversity of Cambridge
Adam D. WaldmanCharing Cross Hospital, London
and Peter B. BarkerThe Johns Hopkins University
The physiological magnetic resonancetechniques of diffusion imaging,perfusion imaging and spectroscopyoffer insights into brain structure,function and metabolism. This bookprovides the reader with a thoroughreview of the underlying physical
principles of each of these methods, aswell as comprehensive coverage oftheir clinical applications. Attention isalso drawn to possible artifacts andpitfalls associated with thesetechniques. This book is an essentialreference work for radiologists,neurologists, neurosurgeons andpsychiatrists who use these techniques,as well as medical researchers, residentsand fellows.
• Comprehensive review of advancedMRI techniques and applications
• Explains clinical applications
• Case reports included throughout thebook
2004 276 x 219 mm 852pp 31 tables333 figures978 0 521 82457 6 (0 521 82457 5)Hardback £185.00
Interpreting Chest X-RaysIllustrated with 100 CasesPhilip Engand Foong-Koon Cheah
This highly illustrated guide provides theideal introduction to chest radiology. Ituses 100 clinical cases to illuminate awide range of common medicalconditions, each illustrated with a chestX-ray and a clear description of thesignificant diagnostic features and theirclinical relevance.
2005 228 x 152 mm 210pp 208 half-tones978 0 521 60732 2 (0 521 60732 9)Paperback £24.99
MRI from A to ZA Definitive Guide for MedicalProfessionalsGary Liney
From ‘AB systems’ to ‘Zipper artefact’ –even for the experienced practitioner inMRI, the plethora of technical terms andacronyms can be bewildering. Morethan 800 terms commonly encounteredin MR Imaging and Spectroscopy areclearly defined, explained and cross-referenced, and the volume concludeswith a useful collection of appendices.
2005 123 x 186 mm 270pp 11 line diagrams 21 half-tones978 0 521 60638 7 (0 521 60638 1)Paperback £19.99
A-Z of EmergencyRadiologyErskine J. HolmesOxford Rotational Training Programme
and Rakesh R. MisraWycomb Hospital, Buckinghamshire
A-Z of Emergency Radiology is aimed attrainee and practising radiologists, aswell as all other healthcareprofessionals involved in interpretingscans of all imaging modalities in theemergency room setting. It provides asimple, easily accessible guide to the keyaspects of the most commonlyencountered problems.
2004 234 x 156 mm 178pp 100 line diagrams978 1 841 10201 6 (1 841 10201 6)Paperback £24.99
MCQs for the FRCRPart 1
Monica KhannaGuy’s and St Thomas’ Hospital, London
and Leon MenezesGuy’s and St Thomas’ Hospital, London
Multiple-choice questions (MCQs) areused by many examination boards as away of testing a broad spectrum ofknowledge in an easily administeredand unbiased way. A perfect revisiontool for candidates sitting the FRCR Part1 examination to acquaint themselveswith the new IRMER (Ionizing Radiation(Medical Exposure)) regulations.
2004 234 x 156 mm 166pp 12 line diagrams978 1 841 10214 6 (1 841 10214 8)Paperback £23.99
Imaging in SARSA. T. AhujaThe Chinese University of Hong Kong
and C. G. C. OoiThe Chinese University of Hong Kong
This new book aims to be a state-of-theart update on SARS, with particularreference to imaging, which plays acrucial role in the diagnosis,management and follow-up of patientswith the disease. It will also provide aperspective on the treatment andexperience of the disease outside HongKong.
2004 234 x 156 mm 194pp 150 line diagrams978 1 841 10219 1 (1 841 10219 9)Hardback £40.00
Medical Ethics
31
TEXTBOOK
MCQ Companion toApplied RadiologicalAnatomyArockia DossRoyal Hallamshire Hospital, Sheffield
Matthew J. BullUniversity of Sheffield
Alan SpriggSheffield Children’s Hospital
and Paul D. GriffithsRoyal Hallamshire Hospital, Sheffield
This revision aid will be of greatpractical benefit to all radiology traineesstudying for their professionalexaminations. The carefully structuredquestions and answers will enabletrainees to undertake a systematicassessment of their knowledge, as wellas highlighting areas where additionalrevision is required.
2003 228 x 152 mm 212pp978 0 521 52153 6 (0 521 52153 X)Paperback £23.99
TEXTBOOK
ROYAL SOCIETY MEDICINEBOOK OF THE YEAR
MRI from Picture toProtonDonald W. McRobbieThe Hammersmith Hospitals Trust and ImperialCollege of Science, Technology and Medicine,London
Elizabeth A. MooreNational Hospital for Neurology & Neurosurgery,London
Martin J. GravesUniversity of Cambridge and Addenbrooke’sNHS Trust
and Martin R. PrinceCornell University, New York
MRI from Picture to Proton presents thebasics of MR practice and theory as thepractitioner first meets them. The subjectis approached intuitively, starting fromthe images, equipment and scanningprotocols, rather than pages of physicstheory. The reader is brought face-to-facewith issues pertinent to practiceimmediately, filling in the theoreticalbackground as their experience ofscanning grows. Key ideas are introducedin an accessible manner which is faithfulto the underlying physics but avoids theneed for difficult mathematics.
• Unique, intuitive, user-friendlyapproach to teaching MRI – startingwith the images themselves, and thenexplaining the theory
• The main body of the text provides acomprehensive understanding, withmore complex and sophisticatedconcepts accessible as optional extras inadvanced ‘boxes’
• Informal, readable and informative‘We can find here replies to questionsasked often by staff of MRI devicesand by physicians referred patients toMR examinations. I am sure thatespecially radiologists – teachers andother experts lecturing in radiologywill be enthusiastic about thisoutstanding book.’Physician and Technology
2002 246 x 189 mm 372pp 91 line diagrams 98 half-tones 9 colour plates978 0 521 81859 9 (0 521 81859 1)Hardback £75.00978 0 521 52319 6 (0 521 52319 2)Paperback £38.00
Introduction toFunctional MagneticResonance ImagingPrinciples and TechniquesRichard B. BuxtonUniversity of California, San Diego
Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging(fMRI) is an important and highlyinterdisciplinary field involvingneuroscientists and physicists as well asclinicians who need to understand therapidly increasing range, flexibility andsophistication of the techniques. RichardBuxton, a leading authority on fMRI,provides an invaluable, broadintroduction for this readership to howfMRI works.‘… can be highly recommended toclinical researchers and all specialistsin the field of functional MRI.’European Radiology
2002 253 x 177 mm 536pp 134 line diagrams 34 half-tones978 0 521 58113 4 (0 521 58113 3)Hardback £115.00
Introduction toFunctional MagneticResonance ImagingPrinciples and TechniquesR. B. BuxtonUniversity of California, San Diego
An invaluable introduction to how fMRIworks, together with supplementaryimages on dual-platform CD-ROM.
2002 253 x 177 mm 536pp 134 line diagrams 34 half-tones978 0 521 00274 5 (0 521 00274 5)Book and CD-ROM Pack £200.00
Introduction toFunctional MagneticResonance ImagingPrinciples and TechniquesRichard B. BuxtonUniversity of California, San Diego
Contains all figures from the book inPowerPoint, together with movies ofcross-sectional MR images.
2002 CD-ROM 978 0 521 00275 2 (0 521 00275 3)CD-ROM £115.00
Fundamentals ofMedical ImagingPaul SuetensMedical Image Computing, K. U. Leuven,Belgium
Medical imaging has become a veryimportant technology in medicaldiagnosis and treatment. This bookexplains the mathematical and physicalprinciples of medical imaging and imageprocessing. It introduces digital imageprocessing, explains the most importantimaging modalities, and describes imageanalysis and visualization after imagesare available. An accompanying CDincludes all the images in color andsome animations.
2002 253 x 177 mm 294pp 55 line diagrams 55 half-tones 15 colour plates 5 tables978 0 521 80362 5 (0 521 80362 4)Mixed Media £70.00
Applied RadiologicalAnatomyEdited by Paul ButlerThe Royal London Hospital
Adam W. M. MitchellCharing Cross Hospital, London
and Harold EllisUniversity of London
This profusely illustrated text willprovide trainee radiologists (Part 1FRCR) with a unique overview of normalanatomy as illustrated by the full rangeof modern radiological procedures. It isfully supported by an authoritative text,and explanatory line drawings.
1999 276 x 219 mm 453pp 562 line diagrams 773 half-tones978 0 521 48110 6 (0 521 48110 4)Hardback £140.00
Medical Imaging
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
32
PracticalGynaecologicalUltrasoundSecond editionEdited by Jane Bates
This user-friendly book provides apractical introduction to gynaecologicalultrasound. Emphasis is placed on howto maximise image quality, and how torecognise normal and pathologicalfeatures. Illustrated throughout withnumerous high-quality ultrasoundimages and line drawing, this isessential reading for practitioners intraining, including radiologists,gynaecologists and sonographers.
2005 246 x 189 mm 250pp 7 tables978 1 841 10207 8 (1 841 10207 5)Paperback £35.50Publication November 2005
Breast Ultrasound: TheEssentialsErika DentonNorfolk and Norwich Hospital, Norwich
and Mike StocksleySouth Bank University, London
This superbly illustrated text begins withan introduction to the equipment usedand techniques needed to successfullyimage breast tissue, and then presentsabout 60 ‘classic’, fully illustrated casesthat might be encountered by theradiologist or sonographer, including afew rarer cases or cases that couldeasily be misinterpreted.
2005 234 x 156 mm 160pp978 1 841 10176 7 (1 841 10176 1)Paperback £22.99Publication September 2005
Diagnostic UltrasoundPhysics and EquipmentPeter HoskinsUniversity of Edinburgh
Abigail ThrushThe London NHS Trust
Kevin MartinUniversity Hospitals of Leicester
and Tony WhittingamNewcastle General Hospital
Aimed primarily at sonographers takingthe postgraduate diploma in medicalultrasound, this book provides a concisetechnical introduction to the subject,without going beyond the level ofknowledge required. Fully illustratedthroughout, with high-quality halftonesand explanatory line diagrams, it coversall aspects of the topic.
2002 246 x 189 mm 248pp 150 line diagrams 40 half-tones978 1 841 10042 5 (1 841 10042 0)Paperback £38.00
Abdominal UltrasoundMike StocksleySouth Bank University, London
Abdominal Ultrasound gives the traineeand practising sonographer, radiologistor clinician a detailed and accessibleguide to the techniques and diagnosticapplications of ultrasound of this part ofthe body, with its complex multi-organsystems.
2001 246 x 189 mm 298pp 250 line diagrams978 1 900 15166 5 (1 900 15166 9)Paperback £30.00
Atlas ofMusculoskeletalUltrasound AnatomyMike BradleyUniversity of Bristol
and Paul O’DonnellRoyal National Orthopaedic Hospital, Middlesex
This book is aimed at the radiologytrainee, the practising radiologist,sonographers and other clinicians inrelated disciplines such as orthopaedicsand sports medicine. It aims to providethe reader with the essential groundingin normal ultrasound anatomy.
2002 978 1 841 10118 7 (1 841 10118 4)Paperback £24.99
Digital ImagingA Primer for Radiographers,Radiologists and Health CareProfessionalsEdited by Jason Oakley
Digital Radiography Systems is the firstbook to to fulfil the need of the modernradiographer and radiologist tounderstand how digital imaging,manipulation and storage systems workon a practical level. It explains theequipment and principles behindcomputers in radiology, and will serveas an invaluable reference book.
2003 246 x 189 mm 224pp 75 half-tones978 1 841 10121 7 (1 841 10121 4)Paperback £24.99
Practical RadiotherapyPhysics and EquipmentEdited by Pam CerryCity University, London
and Angela DuxburySheffield Hallam University
An introduction to the physicalprinciples and equipment involved inthe production, use and attenuation ofradiation.
1998 978 1 900 15106 1 (1 900 15106 5)Paperback £22.99
QBase RadiologyVolume 1: MCQs for the FRCRR. R. MisraSt Mary’s Hospital, London
M. C. UthappaSt Mary’s Hospital, London
P. S. RichardsRoyal London Hospital
D. EvansRoyal London Hospital
and O. ChanRoyal London Hospital
The QBase examination software allowsthe reader to attempt the same examsas printed in the book, but the user can‘custom-build’ their own exams. Theycan select their own choice of subjectsand number of questions, sit anautomatically set exam or a ‘shuffled’version to avoid pattern recognition.QBase
2000 234 x 156 mm 232pp 45 figures978 1 841 10032 6 (1 841 10032 3)Mixed Media £24.99
QBase RadiologyVolume 2: MCQs for the FRCRR. R. MisraSt Mary’s Hospital, London
M. C. UthappaSt Mary’s Hospital, London
P. S. RichardsRoyal London Hospital
D. EvansRoyal London Hospital
and O. ChanRoyal London Hospital
The powerful QBase examinationanalysis software allows the reader toattempt the same exams as printed inthe book, but on screen, realisticallyreplicating the examination situation.The software will automatically mark,analyse and store completed exams forfuture review and re-sitting.QBase
2000 234 x 156 mm 208pp 40 figures978 1 841 10040 1 (1 841 10040 4)Mixed Media £24.99
Medical Imaging
33
Radiology Made EasyArpan K. BanerjeeUniversity of Birmingham
This book adopts a systemic approachto cover the commonest clinicalproblems that are encountered on thewards, in tutorials and in examinations.Clear radiographs are each presentedwith brief reports and an accompanyingdiscussion of the diagnosis, differentialdiagnosis and potential furtherinvestigations.
1999 234 x 256 mm 162pp 150 line diagrams978 1 841 10014 2 (1 841 10014 5)Paperback £22.99
JOURNAL
Journal of DiagnosticRadiography andImagingThe Journal of Diagnostic Radiographyand Imaging is an international peer-reviewed journal covering all of thecurrent modalities used in diagnosticimaging. The Journal aims to publishquality research from a wide range ofstyles and encourage debate and theexchange of information and opinionfrom within the field of diagnosticmedical radiography. The Journal alsoaims to encourage clinical papers andcase studies as well as equipmentreviews that will be of interest toclinical radiographers and managers.Subscriptions
Volume 6 in 2005: March, June, Septemberand DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £124/$198Institutions electronic only: £116/$185Institutions print only: £122/$195Individuals print only: £40/$64New in 2005Print ISSN 1460-4728Electronic ISSN 1467-1123
JOURNAL
Journal ofRadiotherapy inPracticeEditors-in-Chief: Angela DuxburySheffield Hallam University
and David EddySheffield Hallam University
The Journal of Radiotherapy in Practiceis a peer-reviewed journal covering allof the current modalities specific toclinical oncology and radiotherapy. TheJournal aims to publish research from awide range of styles and encouragedebate and the exchange of information
and opinion from within the field ofradiotherapy practice and clinicaloncology. The Journal also aims toencourage technical evaluations andcase studies as well as equipmentreviews that will be of interest to aninternational radiotherapy market.Subscriptions
Volume 5 in 2005: March, June, Septemberand DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £128/$208Institutions electronic only: £121/$195Institutions print only: £126/$198Individuals print only: £66/$105New in 2005Print ISSN 1460-3969Electronic ISSN 1467-1131
JOURNAL
Microscopy andMicroanalysisEditor-in-Chief: Charles E. LymanLehigh University
Published for the Microscopy Society ofAmerica
Microscopy and Microanalysis, a peer-reviewed bimonthly, publishes originalresearch papers in the fields ofmicroscopy, imaging, and compositionalanalysis. This distinguishedinternational forum is intended formicroscopists in both biology andmaterials science. The journal providessignificant articles that describe newand existing techniques andinstrumentation, as well as theapplications of these to the imagingand analysis of microstructure.Microscopy and Microanalysis alsoincludes review articles, shortcommunications, letters to the editor,and book reviews.Subscriptions
Volume 11 in 2005: February, April, June,August, October, DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £395/$599Institutions electronic only: £330/$499Institutions print only: £350/$525Individuals print plus electronic: £167/$250Special arrangements exist for members ofMicroscopy Society of America.Print ISSN 1431-9276Electronic ISSN 1435-8115
MedicalTextbooks
TEXTBOOK
Human MolecularBiologyAn Introduction to the MolecularBasis of Health and DiseaseRichard J. EpsteinUniversity of Singapore
Human Molecular Biology is anintroduction to the molecular basis ofhealth and disease for the newgeneration of life scientists and medicalstudents. By integrating cutting-edgemolecular genetics and biochemistrywith the latest clinical information, thebook weaves a pattern which unifiesbiology with syndromes, geneticpathways with developmentalphenotypes, and protein function withdrug action. From the origins of life tothe present day, a narrative is tracedthrough the workings of genomes, cellsand organ systems, culminating inlinking of laboratory technologies tofuture research horizons.
• Unifies and integrates molecularbiology with clinical medicine
• Highly illustrated throughout
• Text is supported by structuredrevision aids: ‘Clinical Keynotes’,‘Pharmacologic Footnotes’, ‘MolecularMinireviews’, and ‘SuperfamilySpotlights’‘One cannot but applaud Epstein’senergy in writing this book, andCambridge University Press’s skill inpresenting it so pleasingly.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2002 276 x 219 mm 656pp 329 line diagrams 29 half-tones 156 colour plates978 0 521 64285 9 (0 521 64285 X)Hardback £70.00978 0 521 64481 5 (0 521 64481 X)Paperback £35.00
Medical Textbooks
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
34
Medical Entomologyfor StudentsThird editionMike ServiceLiverpool School of Tropical Medicine
Since its first edition, MedicalEntomology for Students has proved apopular textbook by providing thereader with all the basic information oninsects, mites and ticks that affecthuman health. It examinesidentification, the biology and ecologyof these medically important arthropodsand how they can be controlled.
2004 228 x 152 mm 302pp 100 line diagrams 4 tables978 0 521 54775 8 (0 521 54775 X)Paperback £27.00
An Introduction toVascular BiologyFrom Basic Science to ClinicalPracticeSecond editionEdited by Beverley J. HuntUniversity of London
Lucilla PostonUniversity of London
Michael SchachterImperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
and Alison W. HallidaySt George’s Hospital, London
Vascular biology is an exciting andadvancing area of medical research,with many new and emergingpathophysiological links to an increasingnumber of diseases. This expanded newedition covers all these developmentsand conveys the basic scienceunderlying a wide range of clinicalconditions including atherosclerosis,hypertension, diabetes, and pregnancy.‘Beverley Hunt and her co-editors havesucceeded in putting together acollection of varied chapters in whichthe underlying structural andfunctional abnormalities in bloodvessels are described scientifically inthe context of clinical disorders.Individual chapters are easy to readand should provide helpful guidance toclinicians and those interested in thepathophysiological basis of vascularmedicine.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2002 247 x 174 mm 472pp 60 line diagrams 30 half-tones 25 tables978 0 521 79652 1 (0 521 79652 0)Paperback £43.00
Principles andTechniques of PracticalBiochemistryFifth editionEdited by Keith WilsonUniversity of Hertfordshire
and John WalkerUniversity of Hertfordshire
This new edition of a highly popular textintroduces experimental techniqueswhich are routinely used in practicalbiochemistry and molecular biologytoday. Its coverage is comprehensive,but with most attention given to thosetechniques which undergraduatesencounter in their practical classes,making it an essential read for allbioscience students.‘… this book deserves a place in anymodern pathology department andbrings together a body of informationwhich is traditionally scattered acrossseveral texts… it also representsexcellent value for money.’Annals of Clinical Biochemistry
2000 246 x 189 mm 802pp 298 line diagrams 13 half-tones 68 tables311 figures978 0 521 65873 7 (0 521 65873 X)Paperback £35.00
Cowan and Steel’sManual for theIdentification ofMedical BacteriaThird editionEdited by G. I. Barrowand R. K. A. Feltham
A practical manual of the keycharacteristics of the bacteria likely tobe encountered in microbiologylaboratories and in medical andveterinary practice.
1993 254 x 178 mm 351pp 1 linediagram978 0 521 32611 7 (0 521 32611 7)Hardback £80.00
Neurology andClinicalNeuroscience
Stroke Treatment andPreventionAn Evidence-based ApproachGraeme HankeyRoyal Perth Hospital, Australia
Provides clinicians caring for strokepatients with evidence for best practicein treatment and secondary prevention,describing all available treatments andthe highest level of evidence for theirsafety and effectiveness. An essentialresource for clinicians in the treatmentand prevention of stroke, suggesting themost appropriate interventions.
2005 247 x 174 mm 488pp 170 line diagrams 47 tables978 0 521 82719 5 (0 521 82719 1)Hardback c. £65.00Publication October 2005
Recovery after StrokeEdited by Michael P. BarnesUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne
Bruce H. DobkinUniversity of California, Los Angeles
and Julien BogousslavskyUniversité de Lausanne, Switzerland
This is a comprehensive guide torehabilitation after stroke. It sets out thebasic neuroscientific principles thatunderlie brain recovery and describesappropriate rehabilitation strategies forthe many different functional problemsthat can arise after stroke. It is anessential reference for all members ofthe multidisciplinary strokerehabilitation team.
2005 247 x 174 mm 668pp 28 line diagrams 15 half-tones978 0 521 82236 7 (0 521 82236 X)Hardback £95.00
The Circuitry of theHuman Spinal CordIts Role in Motor Control andMovement DisordersEmmanuel Pierrot-DeseillignyGroupe Hospitalier Pitié-Salpétrière, Paris
and David BurkeUniversity of Sydney
Surveys the literature related to thecontrol of spinal cord circuits in humans,their role in normal movement, and indisease states. Chapters are highlyillustrated and consistently organised,
Medical Textbooks
35
and each concludes with a helpfulresume. This will be essential reading forresearch workers and clinicians involvedin movement disorders.
2005 246 x 189 mm 570pp 138 line diagrams 3 half-tones 10 tables978 0 521 82581 8 (0 521 82581 4)Hardback £110.00Publication July 2005
Textbook of NeuralRepair andRehabilitationVolume 1: Neural Repair and PlasticityEdited by Michael SelzerUniversity of Pennsylvania
Stephanie ClarkeLeonardo CohenNational Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda,Maryland
Pamela DuncanUniversity of Florida
and Fred Gage
Textbook of Neural Repair andRehabilitation provides comprehensivecoverage of the science and practice ofneurological rehabilitation. This volumecovers the basic sciences relevant torecovery of function following injury tothe nervous system. It is an essentialresource for neuroscientists and clinicalrehabilitation professionals.
2005 246 x 189 mm 500pp 56 line diagrams 28 half-tones 12 tables978 0 521 85641 6 (0 521 85641 8)Hardback c. £90.00Publication November 2005
The Neuropathology ofDementiaSecond editionEdited by Margaret M. EsiriUniversity of Oxford
Virginia M. -Y. LeeUniversity of Pennsylvania School of Medicine
and John Q. TrojanowskiUniversity of Pennsylvania School of Medicine
Completely rewritten and updated, thisnew edition is almost twice the size ofits predecessor. Illustrated in colourthroughout, and with contributions fromthe world’s leading authorities, it is thedefinitive reference on theneuropathology of dementia. It givespractical guidance to pathologists,describes the contribution ofneuroimaging to diagnosis, and surveysthe clinical features of dementia. Newmaterial includes:
• Three entirely new chapters onneuroimaging, molecular diagnostics,and transgenic models.
• Two chapters on tauopathies undernew authorship.
• A chapter under new authorship onsynucleinopathies, which includesmultiple system atrophy.
• Completely rewritten and updatednew edition of a highly successful book
• International team of top-notchexperts covering comprehensively allaspects of the neuropathology ofdementia
• Gives practical guidance for practisingpathologistsFrom reviews of the first edition:‘This up-to-date and authoritativeaccount will be invaluable forpractising neuropathologists and atreasured work of reference forpsychiatrists and neuroscientists withan interest in dementia.’International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry
2004 276 x 219 mm 584pp 52 line diagrams 111 half-tones978 0 521 81915 2 (0 521 81915 6)Hardback £195.00
NeurodegenerativeDiseasesNeurobiology, Pathogenesis andTherapeuticsEdited by Flint BealCornell University, New York
Anthony E. LangUniversity of Toronto
and Albert LudolphUniversität Ulm, Germany
This major reference reviews the rapidlyadvancing knowledge ofneurodegenerative diseases in thecontext of a comprehensive survey ofeach disease and its clinical features.The editors and contributors are amongthe leading experts internationally.Covering basic science, diagnostic toolsand therapeutic approaches, the bookfocuses on all aspects ofneurodegenerative disease, includingthe normal aging process. In each casethe underlying genetics,neuropathological and clinical issues arefully reviewed, making this the mostcomplete as well as the mostauthoritative reference available toclinicians and neuroscientists.
• Largest and most comprehensivereference text on neurodegenerativedisease
• Editors and contributors include theworld’s leading authoritiesinternationally
• Covers basic neuroscience and clinicalfeatures
2005 276 x 219 mm 1008pp 45 line diagrams 57 half-tones 80 tables978 0 521 81166 8 (0 521 81166 X)Hardback £195.00
The A-Z ofNeurological PracticeA Guide to Clinical NeurologyRoger A. BarkerUniversity of Cambridge
Neil J. ScoldingInstitue of Clinical Neurosciences, Bristol
Dominic RoweUniversity of Sydney
and Andrew J. LarnerWalton Centre for Neurology and Neurosurgery,Liverpool
Organised from A to Z, this pocket-sizedready-reference, consists of a series ofentries, each one describing, in areadable, structured and accessiblestyle, an aspect of neurology. This willbecome an essential resource for allthose undertaking training in neurology,as well as providing a reference sourcefor generalists.
2004 186 x 123 mm 938pp978 0 521 62960 7 (0 521 62960 8)Paperback £35.00
Magnetic ResonanceImaging in StrokeEdited by Stephen DavisRoyal Melbourne Hospital and University ofMelbourne
Marc FisherNational Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda,Maryland
and Steven WarachNational Institute of Health, Bethesda, Maryland
In this profusely illustrated book worldleaders review the scientific basis andclinical applications of MRI in stroke. Itwill appeal to a broad readershipincluding stroke physicians, neurologists,neurosurgeons, rehabilitation specialists,and others with a clinical or researchinterest in cerebrovascular disease.‘This book provides a good overviewof the use of MRI in stroke and is ofeducational benefit to both cliniciansand radiologists involved in the care ofpatients with stroke and has started totake on some very important issues …’Neuroradiology
2003 276 x 219 mm 280pp 21 line diagrams 76 half-tones 14 colour plates 16 tables978 0 521 80683 1 (0 521 80683 6)Hardback £85.00
Neurology and Clinical Neuroscience
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
36
Diseases of theNervous SystemClinical Neuroscience andTherapeutic PrinciplesThird editionEdited by Arthur K. AsburyUniversity of Pennsylvania School of Medicine
Guy M. McKhannThe Johns Hopkins University School ofMedicine
W. Ian McDonaldUniversity College London
Peter J. GoadsbyUniversity College London
and Justin C. McArthurThe Johns Hopkins University School ofMedicine
This two-volume text is the mostcomprehensive neurology referenceavailable. It encompasses the basicneuroscience and clinical features of thefull range of neurological disorders,written by leading international expertsin the field. Disease mechanisms arereviewed comprehensively, withparticular relevance to the principles oftherapy.‘… a remarkable and successful effortto present in a comprehensive yetconcise manner a massive amount ofdata on neurological diseases … themain value of this book forpsychiatrists or neurologists workingwith children resides in the superbcoverage of the generalpathophysiological and therapeuticaspects. Paediatric specialists will findin this book new concepts and ideasabout neurological disorders that maybe of value at any age, allowing abetter and more up-to-dateunderstanding of some of theconditions they have to deal with.’European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
2002 276 x 219 mm 2194pp 200 line diagrams 200 half-tones 25 colour plates 350 tables 50 figures978 0 521 79351 3 (0 521 79351 3)Hardback £320.00
NeurocutaneousDisordersEdited by E. Steve RoachWake Forest University, North Carolina
and Van S. MillerUniversity of Texas Southwestern MedicalCenter, Dallas
The neurocutaneous disorders compriseneurological syndromes featuring skinlesions and often eye lesions, centraland peripheral nervous system tumors,brain malformations, mental retardation,and psychiatric syndromes or seizures.This is an authoritative, illustrated, up-
to-the-minute, clinical review of thesedisorders and will be essential readingfor neurologists and dermatologists.‘The reader is most definitely in for atreat … This edition ofNeurocutaneous Disorders provides theessential and forward-looking clinicaland genetic data which points the wayto the future.’From the foreword by Roger N. Rosenberg
2004 276 x 219 mm 356pp 123 half-tones 7 figures978 0 521 78153 4 (0 521 78153 1)Hardback £125.00
Disorders of VoluntaryMuscleSeventh editionEdited by George KarpatiMcGill University, Montréal
David Hilton-JonesUniversity of Oxford
and Robert C. GriggsUniversity of Rochester Medical Center
Foreword by Lord Walton ofDetchant
The seventh edition of Disorders ofVoluntary Muscle comes rewritten andredesigned with the clinician and clinicalscientist in mind. It contains up-to-datescientific and clinical information on theetiology and pathogenesis of diseasesof skeletal muscles, including recentlyidentified diseases, and emphasisesrecent progress in diagnosis andtreatment.‘Hands down, this book is the bestcurrent publication in its category. Theseventh edition is well timed tocapture the massive increase ofinformation since the previous editionof 1994.’Doody’s Review Service
2001 276 x 219 mm 790pp 104 line diagrams 198 half-tones 7 colour plates 96 tables978 0 521 65062 5 (0 521 65062 3)Hardback £190.00
Stroke SyndromesSecond editionEdited by Julien BogousslavskyUniversité de Lausanne, Switzerland
and Louis R. CaplanHarvard Medical School
This revised and updated editionremains the definitive guide to patternsand syndromes in stroke. It describesclinical problems encountered in strokepatients and their differential diagnosis,enabling clinicians to differentiatebetween possible locations on the basis
of symptoms and signs. A companionvolume Uncommon Causes of Stroke isavailable.‘This comprehensive work will provideits owner with a ready source ofreference for a multitude of questionsthat might arise in the evaluation andlocalization of individual strokepatients.’European Neurology
2001 276 x 219 mm 770pp 139 line diagrams 180 half-tones 4 colour plates 83 tables978 0 521 77142 9 (0 521 77142 0)Hardback £180.00
Uncommon Causes ofStrokeEdited by Julien BogousslavskyUniversité de Lausanne, Switzerland
and Louis R. CaplanHarvard Medical School
A companion to the second edition ofStroke Syndromes, this comprehensivereference provides in-depth descriptionsof many rare and relatively uncommoncauses of stroke. An essential resourceto help physicians diagnose and treatstroke patients who do not fit well intothe usual clinical categories.‘An excellent source book for anyoneinterested in stroke.’Neuroradiology, reviewing Stroke Syndromes,first edition
2001 276 x 219 mm 410pp 9 line diagrams 120 half-tones 12 colour plates 49 tables978 0 521 77145 0 (0 521 77145 5)Hardback £180.00
Stroke Syndromes andUncommon Causes ofStroke SetEdited by Julien BogousslavskyUniversité de Lausanne, Switzerland
and Louis CaplanHarvard Medical School
2001 276 x 219 mm 1075pp 148 line diagrams 300 half-tones 16 colour plates 132 tables978 0 521 80258 1 (0 521 80258 X)2 Volume Boxed Set £340.00
Neurology and Clinical Neuroscience
37
Plasticity in theHuman NervousSystemInvestigations with TranscranialMagnetic StimulationEdited by Simon BonifaceAddenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge
and Ulf ZiemannJohann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt
Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS)has opened up new and fascinatingavenues to study neural plasticity. Thisbook, written by the world’s leadingexperts in the field, is an essentialcompendium on plasticity of the humanbrain in health and disease, for clinicalneurophysiologists, neurologists,psychiatrists and neuroscientists.
2003 247 x 174 mm 328pp 47 line diagrams 7 half-tones 2 tables978 0 521 80727 2 (0 521 80727 1)Hardback £75.00
CommunityRehabilitation inNeurologyMichael P. BarnesUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne
and Harriet RadermacherUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne
Analyses community rehabilitationneeds from many different perspectives.Many examples of communityrehabilitation schemes are presented,and case studies are used to highlightthe main issues. The authors take aninternational view, and there arechapters dealing with the disabled childin the community and withneuropsychological rehabilitation.
2003 228 x 152 mm 262pp 6 tables978 0 521 80874 3 (0 521 80874 X)Hardback £60.00
Antiepileptic DrugsCombination Therapy andInteractionsEdited by Jerzy MajkowskiFoundation of Epileptology, Warsaw
Philip PatsalosInstitute of Neurology, London
Robert MattsonHarvard University, Massachusetts
and Blaise BourgeoisYale University, Connecticut
This book reviews the use ofantiepileptic drugs focussing on theinteractions between these drugs andbetween antiepileptics/other drugs,which can be beneficial or can cause
harm. It aims to increase awareness ofthe possible impact of combinationtherapies. Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic interactions arediscussed supported byclinical/experimental data.
2005 247 x 174 mm 488pp 16 line diagrams978 0 521 82219 0 (0 521 82219 X)Hardback £85.00
Childhood EpilepsyLanguage, Learning andBehavioural ComplicationsWilliam B. Svoboda
Children with epilepsy often haveinterrelated language, learning and/orbehavior complications which persistbeyond seizure control. In thiscomprehensive book, William Svobodadistils a lifetime of clinical experienceinto three areas which address the mainpoints of difficulty, looking at why theproblems arise and assessingtreatments.‘This is a useful volume not only forreference bu for browsing and as asource of information for those wholook after children with epilepsy.’Doctor’s Net
2004 247 x 174 mm 672pp978 0 521 82338 8 (0 521 82338 2)Hardback £85.00
The Neuropsychiatryof EpilepsyEdited by Michael TrimbleInstitute of Neurology, London
and Bettina SchmitzHumboldt-Universität zu Berlin
Michael Trimble and Bettina Schmitzhave assembled a multi-national teamof experts to review and explore theinterface between epilepsy andbehaviour disorders. Coverage is broad-ranging and offers both a diagnosticand management perspective. This willbe essential reading for all professionalsengaged in the treatment of epilepticpatients.‘… this book serves to show the hugepossibilities for research in thisfascinating area of neurology, withimplications for our understanding ofepilepsy and other affective disordersand better treatment of patients in thefuture.’The Lancet
2002 247 x 174 mm 360pp 46 tables24 figures978 0 521 81374 7 (0 521 81374 3)Hardback £130.00978 0 521 00516 6 (0 521 00516 7)Paperback £49.95
Women with EpilepsyA Handbook of Health andTreatment IssuesEdited by Martha J. MorrellColumbia University, New York
and Kerry L. FlynnColumbia-Presbyterian Cancer Center, New York
Published in association with theEpilepsy Foundation of America, thishandbook reviews the special problemsfaced by women with epilepsy. Hormonelevels affect seizures and treatmentsaffect fertility, pregnancy and birthoutcomes. The authors aim to informbest practice and provide women withthe information needed for effectiveself-advocacy.‘The book is beautifully designed,printed, and produced … Women withEpilepsy deserves the attention of thewide audience for whom it is written.Men with epilepsy need not feelneglected because there is muchcontent that is applicable to theirseizure-related problems.’The Lancet
2003 247 x 174 mm 310pp 9 half-tones12 tables 9 figures978 0 521 65224 7 (0 521 65224 3)Hardback £60.00978 0 521 65541 5 (0 521 65541 2)Paperback £21.99
Epilepsy andMovement DisordersEdited by Renzo GuerriniUniversity of London
Jean AicardiHôpital Robert-Debré, Paris
Frederick AndermannMontreal Neurological Institute & Hospital
and Mark HallettNational Institutes of Health, Bethesda MD
For the first time, a distinguished,international team of specialistsexamines the clinical,neurophysiological, genetic,pharmacological and molecular factorswhich relate epilepsy and movementdisorders. They examine and classify thecharacteristics of both disorders;examine the diagnostic problems;review the latest genetic findings; andassess the drug treatments.
2001 247 x 174 mm 586pp 9 half-tones4 colour plates 18 tables 4 graphs35 figures978 0 521 77110 8 (0 521 77110 2)Hardback £90.00
Neurology and Clinical Neuroscience
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
38
The Cerebellum and itsDisordersEdited by Mario-Ubaldo MantoUniversity of Brussels
and Massimo PandolfoUniversité de Montréal
The first comprehensive text on thecerebellum and its disorders for manyyears, it ranges from basicneuroanatomy to a thorough survey ofthe sporadic and hereditary disorders ofthe cerebellum. Essential reading for awide range of basic and clinicalneuroscientists, neurologists and othersstudying or treating cerebellar disorders.‘This book … constitutes a majorreference text for those primarilyinterested in the basic aspects ofcerebellar functions and dysfunctions.it brings information in this domain upto date in a clear and lucid fashion.’Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology
2001 276 x 219 mm 612pp 112 line diagrams 146 half-tones 31 colour plates 65 tables978 0 521 77156 6 (0 521 77156 0)Hardback £190.00
CerebrovascularUltrasoundTheory, Practice and FutureDevelopmentsEdited by Michael G. HennericiRuprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany
and Stephen P. MeairsRuprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany
This comprehensive text covers thefundamentals of ultrasound physics,new technology, and clinicalapplications of cerebrovascularultrasound in all ages. Extracranial andintracranial Doppler applications instroke, subarachnoid hemorrhage, andother disorders are presented by leadingauthorities in the field, with extensiveillustrations.‘The information covered in this textrepresents truly important advances inthe understanding and clinicalapplication of ultrasound techniques… I fully recommend this instructiveand comprehensive to all physicianscaring for these patients.’The Lancet
2001 276 x 219 mm 442pp 135 line diagrams 71 half-tones 56 colour plates 40 tables978 0 521 63223 2 (0 521 63223 4)Hardback £170.00
The Vegetative StateMedical Facts, Ethical and LegalDilemmasBryan JennettUniversity of Glasgow
The strange state of being awake butunconscious that characterises thevegetative state provokes intensedebate among health professionals,ethicists, philosophers and lawyers. Thisunique account, by someone whohelped coin the term ‘persistentvegetative state’, surveys the medical,ethical and legal issues that surroundthis controversial topic.
2002 228 x 152 mm 242pp 54 tables978 0 521 44158 2 (0 521 44158 7)Paperback £35.00
InvestigatingNeurological DiseaseEpidemiology for ClinicalNeurologyAlbert HofmanErasmus Universiteit Rotterdam
and Richard MayeuxColumbia University, New York
This invaluable handbook for cliniciansreviews the epidemiology, treatmentand prognosis of all major diseases ofthe nervous system.
2001 247 x 174 mm 326pp 39 tables9 graphs 25 figures978 0 521 00009 3 (0 521 00009 2)Paperback £43.00
Upper Motor NeuroneSyndrome andSpasticityClinical Management andNeurophysiologyEdited by Michael P. BarnesUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne
and Garth R. JohnsonUniversity of Newcastle upon Tyne
This is a thorough, practical referenceand guide for clinicians, therapists,bioengineers and all health professionalsinvolved in the management ofspasticity. It ranges from theneurophysiology of spasticity tomeasurement of outcome and the mostrecent treatments, including intrathecalbaclofen and surgery, and themanagement of spasticity in children.‘… clear and clinically relevant … agood foundation for clinical practice …’.Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery andPsychiatry
2001 247 x 174 mm 328pp 33 half-tones9 tables 14 graphs 30 figures978 0 521 79427 5 (0 521 79427 7)Paperback £43.00
CognitiveNeurorehabilitationEdited by Donald T. StussUniversity of Toronto
Gordon WinocurUniversity of Toronto
and Ian H. RobertsonTrinity College, Dublin
‘ … well-written, well-compiled bookthat is of great value to a range ofprofessionals in the fields ofrehabilitation, neurology, andneuropsychology … a valuable, timely,updated review of pertinent issues incognitive rehabilitation.’Linda Laatsch, PhD, University of Illinois
1999 246 x 189 mm 400pp 41 line diagrams 24 tables978 0 521 58102 8 (0 521 58102 8)Hardback £95.00
Tinnitus RetrainingTherapyImplementing theNeurophysiological ModelPawel J. JastreboffEmory University School of Medicine
and Jonathan W. P. HazellUniversity College London Hospitals
This book presents a definitivedescription and justification for theJastreboff neurophysiological model oftinnitus, outlining the essentials ofTinnitus Retraining Therapy (the highlysuccessful treatment arising from it),reviewing the research literature, andproviding an expert critique of othercurrent therapeutic practices.‘This book provides a comprehensiveguide to Tinnitus retraining therapy …Not only does this book give a verydetailed description of this type oftherapy, it links the theory to clinicalpractice and offers practical advice forimplementation … a text that is bothrigorous and practical … Very readableGood value for money.’British Society of Audiology News
2004 247 x 174 mm 290pp 46 line diagrams 2 tables978 0 521 59256 7 (0 521 59256 9)Hardback £40.00
Neurology and Clinical Neuroscience
39
Disorders of Brain andMindVolume 1Edited by Maria A. RonThe National Hospital, London
and Anthony S. DavidInstitute of Psychiatry, London
‘This is an excellent book focusing onvarious neuropsychiatry topics wherebrain and mind come together. Writtenand edited by internationallyrecognised experts in the field, it is anoutstanding contribution to psychiatry… Any clinician or researcher involvedand interested in psychopathology-brain relationships should read andrefer to it.’Doody’s Notes
1999 228 x 152 mm 388pp 1 half-tone24 figures978 0 521 77851 0 (0 521 77851 4)Paperback £35.00
Disorders of Brain andMindVolume 2Edited by Maria A. RonInstitute of Neurology, London
and Trevor W. RobbinsUniversity of Cambridge
The clinical and scientific scope of thisauthoritative new book encompassesabnormal and normal mind imaging,genes and behaviour, braindevelopment, consciousness, aggression,dementia, affective illness, and drug useand abuse. It will appeal to anyone whohas a clinical or scientific interest in themind and its disorders.
2003 247 x 174 mm 492pp 10 half-tones8 tables 1 graph 21 figures978 0 521 00456 5 (0 521 00456 X)Paperback £50.00
Immunological andInfectious Diseases ofthe Peripheral NervesNorman LatovColumbia University, New York
John H. J. WokkeUniversiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands
and John J. KellyThe George Washington University,Washington DC
Introduction by Byron Waksman
The first book dedicated to peripheralneuropathies of immune or infectiousorigin, covering pathogenesis, diagnosisand treatment.
1998 246 x 189 mm 455pp 22 line diagrams 36 half-tones978 0 521 46265 5 (0 521 46265 7)Hardback £120.00
Amyotrophic Lateral SclerosisA Synthesis of Research and ClinicalPracticeAndrew Eisenand Charles Krieger
1998 228 x 152 mm 323pp 37 line diagrams 14 half-tones 40 tables0 521 58103 6 Hardback £55.00
JOURNAL
Visual NeuroscienceEditor-in-Chief: Laura J. FrishmanUniversity of Houston
Visual Neuroscience is an internationaljournal devoted to the publication ofhigh-quality reports of experimental andtheoretical research in basic visualneuroscience. A major goal ofpublication is to bring together in onejournal a broad range of studies thatreflect the diversity and originality ofcontemporary research on neuralmechanisms of vision. Contributionsdeal with molecular, cellular andsystems-level processes in bothvertebrate and invertebrate species.Studies based exclusively on clinical,psychophysiological or behavioral dataare included if they are designed toaddress questions concerning neuralmechanisms of vision.Subscriptions
Volume 22 in 2005: January, March, May, July,September and NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £528/$833Institutions electronic only: £440/$698Institutions print only: £465/$730Individuals print plus electronic: £142/$225Students: £72/$98Society for Neuroscience, Association forResearch in Vision and Ophthalmology,European Society for Neuroscience: £97/$142Print ISSN 0952-5238
JOURNAL
Neuron Glia BiologyEditor-in-Chief: R. Douglas FieldsNational Institutes of Health, Bethesda
Stimulated by recent advances inneuroscience, Neuron Glia Biologyserves the expanding need for ascientific journal recognizing that two-way communication between neuronsand glia is essential for nervous systemfunction. It publishes outstandingoriginal research on cell-cell interactionsin the nervous system, using molecular,biochemical, electrophysiological, andimaging methods, to investigateinteractions among neurons and amongglia, and between neurons and othernon-neuronal cells.
UPDATE: Newly published articles arefree to access for 6-12 months afterpublication. To access archive issues,please subscribe using the links on theright.Subscriptions
Volume 2 in 2005: February, May, August andNovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £196/$314Institutions electronic only: £166/$266Institutions print only: £180/$286Individuals print plus electronic: £83/$132Individuals electronic only: £68/$109Print ISSN 1740-925XElectronic ISSN 1741-0533
JOURNAL
The InternationalJournal of Neuro-psychopharmacologyEditor-in-Chief: Bernard LererHadassah – Hebrew University Medical Centre
The official scientific journal of theCollegium Internationale Neuro-Psychopharmacologicum
The International Journal ofNeuropsychopharmacology (IJNP) servesas a major forum for the rapidpublication and wide dissemination ofresearch in neuropsychopharmacology,in the basic and clinical domains. Thejournal focuses on research whichadvances understanding of existing andnew neuropsychopharmacologicalagents, including their mode of actionand clinical application, or whichprovides insights into the biologicalbasis of neuropsychiatric disorders andthereby advances their pharmacologicaltreatment. Such research may derivefrom the full spectrum of biological andpsychological fields of inquiry.Subscriptions
Volume 8 in 2005: March, June, Septemberand DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £180/$298Institutions electronic only: £155/$257Institutions print only: £165/$274Individuals print plus electronic: £85/$140European College ofNeuropsychopharmacology, American Collegeof Neuropsychopharmacology, JapaneseSociety of Neurospsychopharmacology, LatinAmerican College ofNeuropsychopharmacology: £61/$96Special arrangements exist for members ofCollegium Internationale Neuro-Psychopharmacologicum.Print ISSN 1461-1457Electronic ISSN 1469-5111
Neurology and Clinical Neuroscience
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
40
JOURNAL
Journal of theInternationalNeuropsychologicalSocietyEditor-in-Chief: Kathleen Y. HaalandNM VA Healthcare System, Albuquerque
Published for the InternationalNeuropsychological Society
JINS aims to further scientific andresearch activities in neuropsychologyand enhance communication among itscognate member disciplines. The journalpublishes scholarly, peer-reviewedarticles and includes original research,timely review articles and transactionsof the annual meetings of theInternational NeuropsychologicalSociety. Contributions reflect the interestof all areas of neuropsychology,including but not limited to:development of cognitive processes,brain–behavior relationships, adultneuropsychology, child neuropsychology,developmental neuropsychology,disorders of speech and language, andrelated topics such as behavioralneurology, neuropsychiatry,neuroimaging, and electrophysiology.Subscriptions
Volume 11 in 2005: January, March, May, July,September, October, and NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £254/$414Institutions electronic only: £212/$345Institutions print only: £226/$365Individuals print only: £97/$145Special arrangements exist for members ofInternational Neuropsychological Society(includes electronic access).Print ISSN 1355-6177Electronic ISSN 1469-7661
Neonatology
Neonatal Nutritionand MetabolismSecond editionPatti J. ThureenEdited by William W. HayUniversity of Colorado
Neonatal nutrition has a pivotal role innormal child development and is ofeven greater importance in the sick orpremature neonate. This updated newedition includes a comprehensiveaccount of the basic science,metabolism and nutritionalrequirements of the neonate, and anexpanded number of chapters onclinical management.Cambridge Astrophysics, 40
2005 276 x 219 mm 720pp 105 line diagrams 25 half-tones 20 tables978 0 521 82455 2 (0 521 82455 9)Hardback c. £165.00Publication November 2005
Ethical Dilemmas inPediatricsCases and CommentariesEdited by Lorry FrankelStanford University, California
William SilvermanColumbia University, New York
Amnon GoldworthStanford University, California
and Mary RortyStanford University, California
This collection of cases andcommentaries in pediatrics highlightsthe difficult ethical dilemmas that canarise during high-tech hospital care ofchildren in precarious circumstances. Itserves as a teaching tool for clinicalethics and as an introduction formedical students and residents.
2005 247 x 174 mm 320pp978 0 521 84744 5 (0 521 84744 3)Hardback £45.00Publication July 2005
Fetal and NeonatalBrain InjuryMechanisms, Management andthe Risks of PracticeThird editionEdited by David K. StevensonStanford University School of Medicine,California
William E. BenitzStanford University School of Medicine,California
and Philip SunshineStanford University School of Medicine, California
Now in its third edition, this is acomprehensive survey of fetal andneonatal brain injury arising fromhypoxia, ischemia or other causes. Thevolume spans areas includingepidemiology and pathogenesis,through to clinical manifestations andobstetric care, and then on to diagnosis,long-term outcomes, and medico-legalaspects.Review of second edition:‘The material is excellent, welloutlined, and well referenced. I wouldrecommend it for all professionals whoconsult in intensive care nurseries, whoare involved in complex obstetrics andwho are involved in the medico-legalareas concerning ‘bad babies’ … Thistextbook should continue to be alandmark in neonatal brain injury forthe years ahead.’Journal of Perinatology
2003 276 x 219 mm 926pp 9 line diagrams 168 half-tones 2 colour plates 126 tables978 0 521 80691 6 (0 521 80691 7)Hardback £140.00
TEXTBOOK
Fetal Growth andDevelopmentEdited by Richard HardingUniversity of Western Ontario
and Alan D. BockingMonash University, Victoria
‘This book has been timed perfectlywith the increasing interest in themedical profession in the Barker’shypothesis and fetal origin of adultdiseases … All the chapters areexcellent in their contents andpresentation.’Doctors.net
2001 247 x 174 mm 294pp 68 line diagrams 4 half-tones 8 tables978 0 521 64237 8 (0 521 64237 X)Hardback £50.00978 0 521 64543 0 (0 521 64543 3)Paperback £24.99
Neonatology
41
JOURNAL
Fetal and MaternalMedicine ReviewEditor-in-Chief: Stephen RobsonFetal Medicine Unit, Royal Victoria Infirmary,Newcastle upon Tyne
Fetal and Maternal Medicine Reviewpublishes high quality reviews drawnfrom all relevant disciplines in thisrapidly expanding field. Rapidpublication and a deliberate preferencefor authors currently active in researchensures this journal has immediaterelevance to contemporary clinicalpractice. Subject areas covered includedevelopments in counselling, diagnosis,fetal pathophysiology, imaging,immunology, intervention, maternaladaptation, monitoring, nutrition,postpartum care, principles ofmanagement and therapy. It is essentialreading for all engaged in the care ofpregnant women and neonates.Subscriptions
Volume 16 in 2005: February, May, Augustand NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £160/$264Institutions electronic only: £133/$222Institutions print only: £142/$234Individuals print only: £86/$134British Maternal & Fetal Medicine Society,Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine: £48/$79Print ISSN 0965-5395Electronic ISSN 1469-5065
Nursing
Independent andSupplementaryPrescribingAn Essential GuideEdited by Molly CourtenayUniversity of Reading
and Matt GriffithsHomerton College, Cambridge
Foreword by June Crown
Prescribing medicines is one of the mostcommon interventions in health caredelivery and it will become part of therole of nurses, pharmacists and otherprofessions allied to medicine.Independent and SupplementaryPrescribing: An Essential Guide exploresthe key areas for prescribers, includingethical and legal issues, the psychologyand sociology of prescribing, prescribingwithin a public health context, basicpharmacology, monitoring skills anddrug calculations. This book is essentialreading for nurses, pharmacists andother professions allied to medicine thatwill soon have the power to prescribe.
• The expansion of prescribing toprofessionals other than doctors willcreate a huge market for this book
• The first book of its kind
• Edited by the Royal College ofNursing’s two prescribing advisors, withcontributions from acknowledgedexperts in the field
2005 30 line diagrams978 0 521 67464 5 (0 521 67464 6)Paperback £20.99
Key Facts in NursePrescribingMatthew Griffithsand Alison Eggleton
Distilling key information from EssentialNurse Prescribing and other sourcessuch as the BNF, Drug Tariff andmanufacturers’ product informationsheets into a single pocket-sized, spiral-bound quick reference, Key Facts inNurse Prescribing is an essentialcompanion for the busy nursepractitioner or trainee.
2006 186 x 123mm 80pp 10 line diagrams978 1 841 10197 2 (1 841 10197 4)Paperback £10.99
Cancer Chemotherapy:A Practical Manual forNursesJanice Middletonand Louise Hooker
The Manual of Cancer ServicesStandards requires that practitionerscaring for people receivingchemotherapy have knowledge andskills that meet a specific standard.Cancer Chemotherapy: A PracticalManual for Nurses provides the corecontent to meet these requiredstandards of competency. Written fornurses at training and practice level.
2006 234 x 156mm 180pp 30 line diagrams978 1 841 10179 8 (1 841 10179 6)Paperback £16.99
Current Issues in NursePrescribingMolly CourtenayUniversity of Reading
This book examines key topical issuesfor nurse prescribers. It is designedspecifically for nurses undertaking theprescribing programme and for qualifiednurse practitioners. Edited by the co-author of the recent, and hugelysuccessful, Nurse Prescribing: Principlesand Practice, and authored by a team ofleading experts.
2001 234 x 156 mm 160pp 20 line diagrams978 1 841 10063 0 (1 841 10063 3)Paperback £17.99
Nurse PrescribingPrinciples and PracticeMolly CourtenayUniversity of Reading
and Michele ButlerOxford Brookes University
A standardised chapter format isadopted throughout, beginning with asound understanding of the basicpharmacology of each preparation, andbuilding on this to incorporate relevantanatomical and physiologicalinformation, an examination of themodes of action of the drugs covered,their doses, common side effects, andcontraindications.
1999 234 x 156 mm 160pp 20 line diagrams978 1 841 10007 4 (1 841 10007 2)Paperback £17.99
Essential NursePrescribingMolly CourtenayUniversity of Reading
and Michele ButlerOxford Brookes University
This text provides easily accessibleinformation upon which to baseprescribing decisions. Informationincluding product dosage,contraindications, side effects, druginteractions, and specific nursing pointsis presented in detail. The authors havebrought together widely availableinformation in the form of a single, easyto use, practice-based text.
2002 234 x 156 mm 216pp 40 half-tones978 1 841 10108 8 (1 841 10108 7)Paperback £24.99
Nursing
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
42
Vascular DiseaseA Handbook for NursesHaytham Al-Khaffafand Sharon Dorgan
This account offers a practical, step-by-step guide to caring for patients withvascular disease in a variety of clinicalsettings. References to evidence-basedinteractions and diagrams illustrate thecare aspects. This book is a valuableresource for nurses, surgeons and otherhealthcare professionals involved incaring for this patient group.
2005 256pp 9 line diagrams 9 half-tones978 0 521 67451 5 (0 521 67451 4)Paperback £22.99
Emergency NursingCarePrinciples and PracticeEdited by Gary JonesRuth Endacottand Robert Crouch
Aims to provide easy to read, and easyto find information about procedures,conditions and nursing skills that anewcomer to the field may not befamiliar with, or with which he or shehas only a superficial knowledge. Use ismade of illustrations, tables and boxesof key information.
2002 246 x 189 mm 192pp 50 line diagrams978 1 841 10081 4 (1 841 10081 1)Paperback £26.00
JOURNAL
Nurse Prescriberhttp://www.nurse-prescriber.co.ukEditor-in-Chief: Molly CourtenayUniversity of Reading
Nurse Prescriber is a peer-reviewed, freeonline journal covering all of the currentmodalities used in prescribing. TheJournal aims to publish quality researchfrom a wide range of approaches andencourage debate and the exchange ofinformation and opinion from within thediverse fields of prescribing. The Journalalso aims to encourage clinical papersand case studies as well as productreviews that will be of interest toprescribers.
To access this material, simply visitwww.nurse-prescriber.co.uk and registeryour details online
Obstetrics andGynaecology
TEXTBOOK
Obstetrics,Gynaecology andWomen’s HealthEdited by Vivienne O’ConnorUniversity of Queensland
and Gabor KovacsMonash University, Victoria
This is the essential textbook forstudents of obstetrics and gynaecologyas well as women’s health moregenerally. Thoroughly modern inapproach, it covers clinical topics andsurgical procedures as well as providingdetailed commentary on thecontemporary social, psychological andeconomic issues that affect women’shealth.‘This comprehensive Australiantextbook covers a lot more than astandard O & G text … this text is aworthwhile resource to update GPs onwomen’s health issues and isrecommended.’Australian Doctor
2004 247 x 174 mm 702pp978 0 521 81893 3 (0 521 81893 1)Hardback £35.00
Women’s Health inMid-LifeA Primary Care GuideEdited by Jo Ann RosenfeldThe Johns Hopkins University
This book addresses the majorhealthcare issues of women in theirmidlife, between the ages 40 to 65. Thisis a time of challenge and anopportunity for preventive healthcare.Written by 20 primary care physicians,this book will help family practitionersprovide the best possible healthcare forthese women.‘This book does what it says on thecover, it explores all areas of women’shealth not only contraception and themenopause but other health problemstoo.’Practice Nurse
2004 228 x 152 mm 386pp 13 line diagrams 86 tables978 0 521 82340 1 (0 521 82340 4)Paperback £35.00
Handbook of Women’sHealthAn Evidence-Based ApproachEdited by Jo Ann RosenfeldThe Johns Hopkins University
This practical handbook provides a clearand comprehensive evidence-basedprimary-care guide to the care ofwomen in ambulatory practice, intendedfor general and family practitioners,nurses and physicians’ assistants. Withan emphasis on preventive care, itstresses the strength of evidenceunderlying common practices of care ofwomen.‘… handsomely presented in a logicalfashion, with recommendations easilyidentifiable and small summaries ofimportant points highlightedthroughout the text … excellentchapter on ‘woman battering’ whichgives a full and detailed account ofthis difficult subject, including rigorousforensic examination techniques …’.British Journal of General Practice
2004 247 x 174 mm 628pp 15 line diagrams 25 tables978 0 521 54595 2 (0 521 54595 1)Paperback £35.00
Also available978 0 521 78833 5 (0 521 78833 1)Hardback £55.00
Uterine FibroidsEmbolization and otherTreatmentsEdited by Togas TulandiMcGill University, Montréal
Uterine fibroids are the single mostcommon cause of surgery in womenapart from childbirth. This pioneeringnew book compares and contrastsconventional surgical treatments withthe emergence of uterine arteryembolization as an alternative and lessinvasive procedure, and looks set toprovide a turning-point for the future.‘This is a good and timely book …’Human Fertility
2003 246 x 189 mm 164pp 10 line diagrams 56 half-tones 14 tables978 0 521 81938 1 (0 521 81938 5)Hardback £70.00
Obstetrics and Gynaecology
43
Paediatric andAdolescentGynaecologyA Multidisciplinary ApproachEdited by Adam H. BalenLeeds Teaching Hospitals, University Trust
Sarah M. CreightonUniversity College London Hospitals
Melanie C. DaviesUniversity College London
Jane MacDougallAddenbrookes Hospital, Cambridge
and Richard StanhopeGreat Ormond Street Hospital
This book provides an overview ofdevelopmental anomalies, disorders andintersex conditions, written by leadinginternational experts from a wide rangeof disciplines. With its multidisciplinaryapproach to healthcare, the book willbe essential reading for specialists inpaediatric and adolescent gynaecology,reproductive endocrinologists, paediatricand plastic surgeons.‘… highly recommended.’Scottish Genital Anomalies Network
2004 219 x 276 mm 572pp 36 line diagrams 102 half-tones 60 colour plates978 0 521 80961 0 (0 521 80961 4)Hardback £150.00
Alloimmune Disordersof PregnancyAnaemia, Thrombocytopeniaand Neutropenia in the Fetusand NewbornEdited by Andrew HadleyUniversity of Bristol
and Peter SoothillUniversity of Bristol
Overview of the alloimmune disordersof pregnancy which arise from maternalimmunisation to fetal blood cells.
2001 247 x 174 mm 304pp 19 line diagrams 5 half-tones 35 tables978 0 521 78120 6 (0 521 78120 5)Hardback £70.00
Pathology
Embryo and FetalPathologyColor Atlas with UltrasoundCorrelationEnid Gilbert-BarnessUniversity of South Florida and University ofWisconsin Medical School
and Diane Debich-SpicerUniversity of South Florida
With contributions by Mark WilliamsKathy B. Porterand Susan GuidiForeword by John M. OpitzUniversity of Utah
Exhaustively illustrated in color withover 1000 photographs, figures,histopathology slides, and sonographs,this uniquely authoritative atlas providesthe clinician with a visual guide todiagnosing congenital anomalies inevery organ system in the human fetus.It covers the full range of embryo andfetal pathology, from point of death,autopsy and ultrasound, throughspecific syndromes, intrauterineproblems, organ and system defects tomultiple births and conjoined twins.Gross pathologic findings are correlatedwith sonographic features to confirmvisually the diagnoses for all organsystems. All practitioners of maternal-fetal medicine will find this atlas aninvaluable resource.
• Fully illustrated in color with over1000 slides, sonographs and figures
• Correlates ultrasound and prenataldiagnosis
• Illustrations form a unique datasetderived from a lifetime of work in thefield‘This is a superb book, and the modesttitle of ‘Atlas’ belies its comprehensivecoverage of perinatal pathology. Thetext is substantial, and throughextensive use of summary tables andbullet points offers a didactic overviewof the subject rather than a fullyreferenced scientific text.’Doctors.net
2004 279 x 215 mm 728pp 57 line diagrams 149 half-tones 885 colour plates 442 tables978 0 521 82529 0 (0 521 82529 6)Hardback £220.00
Biomarkers of DiseaseAn Evidence-Based ApproachEdited by Andrew K. TrullPapworth Hospital, Cambridge
Lawrence M. DemersPennsylvania State University
David W. HoltSt George’s Hospital Medical School, Universityof London
Atholl JohnstonSt. Bartholomew’s Hospital and the RoyalLondon School of Medicine and Dentistry
J. Michael TredgerGuy’s, King’s and St Thomas’ School of Medicine
and Christopher P. PriceSt Batholomew’s Hospital and Royal LondonSchool of Medicine & Dentistry
This new publication takes a critical,evidence-based look at the efficacy ofnew diagnostic tests which areincreasingly being used to evaluateorgan damage and dysfunction. Some ofthese assist in diagnosis, others providea means of monitoring the state ofprogression of disease and theeffectiveness of therapeutic options.‘… contains an amazing wealth ofinformation … I know I will refer to itfrequently … and will keep it readilyaccessible on my bookshelf.’Doody’s
2002 247 x 174 mm 516pp 56 line diagrams 6 half-tones 52 tables978 0 521 81102 6 (0 521 81102 3)Hardback £90.00
Illustrated Pathologyof the SpleenBridget S. WilkinsUniversity of Southampton
and Dennis H. WrightUniversity of Southampton
‘This volume serves as an illustrativeatlas, as a bench manual, as a text andas a source of useful selectedreferences … the book will not only beof great value to trainees but will alsobe useful to experienced consultantsand will become an indispensableguide that should be readily availablein all libraries and reporting rooms indepartments of histopathology.’Annals of Oncology
2000 276 x 219 mm 204pp 10 line diagrams 4 half-tones 116 colour plates 7 tables978 0 521 62227 1 (0 521 62227 1)Hardback £80.00
Pathology
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
44
Case Studies inProstate CancerAdrian Harnettand Leslie Moffat
Featuring over 30 detailed case studies,with comprehensive explanatory textand full colour illustrations throughout,this book provides any healthcareprofessional involved in the diagnosisand management of prostate cancerwith a selection of thought-provoking,practice-changing problems in this alltoo common malignant condition.
2005 234 x 156mm 160pp 50 line diagrams978 1 841 10199 6 (1 841 10199 0)Hardback £35.00Publication September 2005
Progress in PathologyVolume 7Edited by Nigel Kirkham
The seventh volume in this renownedseries builds upon the popularity andsuccess of previous volumes to presenta series of cutting-edge chaptersoutlining some of the key advances inmodern pathology. Chapters are writtenby experts in their field.Progress in Pathology
2005 234 x 156 mm 208pp 120 line diagrams978 1 841 10216 0 (1 841 10216 4)Paperback £35.00Publication September 2005
Progress in PathologyVolume 6Edited by Nigel Kirkhamand Neil A. Shepherd
The sixth volume in this renownedseries builds upon the popularity andsuccess of previous volumes.Progress in Pathology
2003 234 x 156 mm 256pp978 1 841 10148 4 (1 841 10148 6)Paperback £38.00
General PathologyVivasDavid Lowe
This book is packed with usefulinformation presented in A-Z format, tohelp the reader gain rapid access torelated groups of questions, makingself-testing in the hospital environmenteasy. General Pathology Vivas isapplicable to undergraduate medicalcandidates and for the viva componentsof MRCS, AFRCS(Ed), MRCP, FRCOGexaminations.
2001 186 x 123 mm 240pp978 1 841 10059 3 (1 841 10059 5)Paperback £23.99
Pediatrics
Pediatric Orthopedicsfor Primary CarePhysiciansSecond editionEdited by Dennis S. WeinerChildren’s Hospital Medical Center of Akron,Ohio
Edited in association with KerwynJonesSouthern Illinois University School of Medicine,Springfield
This revised and extended new editionretains and builds on the features thatmade the first edition such a populartext for pediatricians and primary carephysicians: orthopaedic disorders arearranged according to age of onset andalso according to their frequency ofoccurrence, supplemented withguidelines for orthopaedic referral.‘This well-illustrated and practicaltextbook, designed for primary carephysicians, is written by a true expertin the field … Weiner’s authoritativesecond edition fulfills its intendedpurpose and provides an excellentreference for primary care doctors,who can be grateful that a surgeon ofWeiner’s renown has taken the effortto produce a quality second edition.’Journal of Pediatric Orthopedics
2004 276 x 219 mm 184pp 67 line diagrams 110 half-tones 5 tables978 0 521 82564 1 (0 521 82564 4)Hardback £55.00
A Clinical Guide toInherited MetabolicDiseasesThird editionJoe T. R. ClarkeUniversity of Toronto
This user-friendly clinical handbookprovides a clear and concise overview ofhow to go about recognizing anddiagnosing inherited metabolic diseases.To help make the correct diagnosis, thebook is organized according to theclinical symptoms presenting in thesepatients. This new edition includes muchnew and up-dated material.‘… should be read thoroughly by anypediatric resident, genetic resident, orclinical fellow caring for patients withmetabolic disorders.’American Journal of Medical Genetics
2005 247 x 174 mm 320pp 26 line diagrams 34 half-tones978 0 521 61499 3 (0 521 61499 6)Paperback c. £40.00Publication November 2005
Sudden Death inInfancy, Childhood andAdolescenceSecond editionRoger W. ByardUniversity of Adelaide
This unique, comprehensive survey ofvirtually all aspects of sudden death ininfants and childhood will be anessential source of reference forpathologists, clinicians and lawyers.Individual sections deal in detail withdeaths due to inflicted and non-inflictedinjuries and to natural diseases.‘ This is an outstanding book forpractitioners, pathologists, andresearchers … Each chapter reads likea conference in which the pathologistholds the clues and answers questionsfrom the clinician and otherinvestigators from the autopsy table.’ New England Journal of Medicine
2004 246 x 189 mm 662pp 50 line diagrams 550 half-tones978 0 521 82582 5 (0 521 82582 2)Hardback £160.00
Pediatrics
45
Child and AdolescentObesityCauses and Consequences,Prevention and ManagementEdited by Walter BurniatUniversity of Brussels
Tim J. ColeInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
Inge LissauNational Institute of Public Health, Copenhagen
and Elizabeth M. E. PoskittLondon School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine
Aimed at doctors, and all health-careprofessionals, this book addresses theever-increasing problem of obesity inchildren and adolescents, the long-termhealth and social problems that arisefrom this, and approaches to preventionand management.From the Foreword:‘The epidemic of obesity is not yetviewed with the urgency it demands… The questions and challenges thatthe epidemic provokes provide us withan exciting and unique opportunity toshape a new field.’William H. Dietz
2002 247 x 174 mm 436pp 25 line diagrams 25 tables978 0 521 65237 7 (0 521 65237 5)Hardback £75.00
PreventiveManagement ofChildren withCongenital Anomaliesand SyndromesGolder N. WilsonUniversity of Texas Southwestern MedicalCenter, Dallas
and W. Carl CooleyCrotched Mountain Rehabilitation Center
‘This book is an invaluable source ofreference about common congenitalanomalies and syndromes. it providesan integrated, structured approach tothe preventive care of children withgenetic and prenatally determinedconditions … the unconventional andvery useful strategy employed in thisbook is in the preparation of thechecklists … The aim of this book is tosupport the physician in this nobletask.’European Journal of Paediatric Neurology
2000 247 x 174 mm 566pp 10 line diagrams 20 half-tones 16 colour plates 40 tables 30 plans978 0 521 77673 8 (0 521 77673 2)Paperback £60.00
The Newborn BrainNeuroscience and ClinicalApplicationsEdited by Hugo LagercrantzKarolinska Institutet, Stockholm
Mark HansonUniversity of Southampton
Philippe EvrardFaculté de Médecine Xavier-Bichat, Paris
and Charles RodeckUniversity College London Medical School
At a time of rapid and exciting advancesin developmental neurobiology, adistinguished international team ofclinicians, neuroscientists and geneticistspresents the basic mechanisms of braindevelopment, and emphasizes theclinical applications of basicneuroscience. This book provides auniquely authoritative survey forscientists and clinicians alike.‘… wonderful book … The editorssmoothly transition from the bench tothe bedside by examining techniquesthe clinician can use to evaluate thestate of brain development and injury… At a time when there is rapidlyimproving understanding of braindevelopment and neonatal brain injury,this book should be of interest toscientists and clinicians alike.’Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine
2001 247 x 174 mm 550pp 28 half-tones10 colour plates 9 tables 77 figures978 0 521 79338 4 (0 521 79338 6)Hardback £100.00
Textbook of PediatricHIV CareEdited by Steven L. ZeichnerNational Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland
and Jennifer S. ReadNational Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland
This comprehensive textbook providesthe definitive account of effective carefor pediatric HIV patients. It distils thevery latest knowledge of virology,immunology and pathogenesis and usesthis to illuminate and explainmanagement recommendations, usingthe very latest and emerging therapies,and including new ways of monitoringHIV infection.
2005 276 x 219 mm 784pp 75 line diagrams 40 half-tones 20 colour plates 95 tables978 0 521 82153 7 (0 521 82153 3)Hardback £175.00
Handbook of EarlyChildhoodInterventionSecond editionEdited by Jack P. ShonkoffBrandeis University, Massachusetts
and Samuel J. MeiselsUniversity of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Foreword by Edward F. ZiglerYale University, Connecticut
‘If you are considering setting up, oreven participating in, an earlyintervention project, please read thisbook first.’Australia and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry
2000 253 x 177 mm 756pp 17 line diagrams 3 half-tones 20 tables978 0 521 58573 6 (0 521 58573 2)Paperback £30.00
Manual of TropicalPediatricsEdited by M. D. SeearUniversity of British Columbia, Vancouver
‘ … a very useful, small, referencebook for paediatricians in any part ofthe world requiring a problem-basedapproach to diagnosis.’Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology
2000 246 x 189 mm 492pp 24 line diagrams 53 half-tones 85 colour plates 8 tables978 0 521 65835 5 (0 521 65835 7)Hardback £70.00
UndergraduatePaediatricsRachel SidwellGreat Ormond Street Hospital London
and Mike ThompsonRoyal Free Hospital, London
Written by experts, this book providescomprehensive coverage and didacticpresentation of all aspects ofpaediatrics. It supplies the coreknowledge required by theundergraduate in a straightforward,easily accessible manner. Illustratedthroughout in full colour, withhighlighted key points to aidunderstanding, it is essential reading formedical undergraduates.
2006 234 x 156 mm 256pp 200 figures978 1 841 10141 5 (1 841 10141 9)Paperback £19.99
Pediatrics
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
46
Concise PaediatricsEdited by Rachel U. SidwellGreat Ormond Street Hospital, London
and Mike ThomsonRoyal Free Hospital, London
A concise, comprehensive textbookaimed at candidates for the newMRCPCH examination. It contains up-to-date, clinically relevant data fromvery recent scientific studies in suchfast-moving topics as medical geneticsand immunology. The book is fullyillustrated in black and whitethroughout.
2000 234 x 156 mm 560pp 100 line diagrams978 1 841 10027 2 (1 841 10027 7)Paperback £35.00
Child andAdolescentPsychiatry
A Clinician’s Handbookof Child andAdolescent PsychiatryEdited by Christopher GillbergGöteborgs Universitet, Sweden
Richard HarringtonUniversity of Manchester
and Hans-Christoph SteinhausenUniversität Zürich
This authoritative clinical handbookprovides a comprehensive, evidence-based overview of the main disordersencountered by child and adolescentpsychiatrists. Emphasis is on good clinicalpractice and quality of patient care. Theauthors’ intention is not to coverexhaustively all the relevant science, butrather to present in condensed form anyresearch findings that are significant forclinical practice. For coherence, eachchapter is constructed the same way andthe disorders covered are based on theICD-10 and DSM-IV classifications.Appendices include documents forassessment of intervention planning andevaluation.
• Evidence-based
• Emphasis on clinical practice andquality of care
• Coverage based on ICD-10 and DSM-IV classifications
2005 247 x 174 mm 744pp 29 line diagrams 104 tables978 0 521 81936 7 (0 521 81936 9)Hardback c. £65.00Publication August 2005
NEW EDITION
Cognitive BehaviourTherapy for Childrenand FamiliesSecond editionEdited by Philip J. GrahamInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
Entirely revised and augmented with 11new chapters, the authors build stronglyon the aims of the previous edition toprovide the latest scientific validation ofcognitive behaviour therapy withpractical treatment guidance forprofessionals working with disturbedchildren. Coverage ranges from schoolrefusal to eating and sleeping disordersand substance abuse. It will beinvaluable to clinicians providingpsychological treatment for children andfamilies.
From a review of the first edition:
‘... impressive ... this book is likely to beread and consulted widely.’
Behaviour Research and Therapy
• Completely revised and rewritten,with 11 entirely new chapters
• Describes ways in which CognitiveBehaviour Therapy can be combinedwith other treatments
• Covers a broad range of disorders‘ … clearly written by a number ofinternational authorities in the field. ...This book will be useful to childpsychiatrists and other child mentalhealth professionals, as well as socialworkers, educationalists and schoolnurses. It is highly recommended forbench and departmental libraries.’ European Child and Adolescent PsychiatryCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2004 247 x 174 mm 546pp 23 tables7 figures978 0 521 52992 1 (0 521 52992 1)Paperback £40.00
Adolescent SubstanceAbuseIntervention and ManagementEdited by Howard A. LiddleUniversity of Miami School of Medicine
and Cynthia L. RoweUniversity of Montana
Adolescent drug abuse impacts onschools, communities, mental health andmedical facilities, and juvenile justicesettings. This book providespractitioners, program developers andpolicy makers with the most up-to-datemethods for improving outcomes. Theauthors cover a range of issues, fromempirically-based treatmentdevelopment protocols to interventionswith special populations.
2006 247 x 174 mm 512pp 21 line diagrams 9 tables978 0 521 82358 6 (0 521 82358 7)Hardback c. £60.00Publication January 2006
Suicide in Children andAdolescentsEdited by Robert A. KingYale University, Connecticut
and Alan ApterTel-Aviv University
Suicide is a devastating problem rankingbetween fourth and second as the mostcommon cause of death for 10–24 yearolds. Can it be predicted andprevented? To address these questions,experts from all areas in psychiatry havebrought together in this volume themost recent findings in their fields.‘This book moves beyond thetraditional approach of viewing suicideas a diagnostic feature of depression,personality disorder or otherdiagnostic category … There areseveral clinically orientated chapters,which I would recommend anyoneassessing potentially suicidal childrento read … each chapter provides anauthoritative account of the currentliterature, which is generally wellappraised and I would definitelyrecommend this book to anyone who has any contact with suicidalyouth …’.Psychological MedicineCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2003 247 x 174 mm 334pp 21 tables12 graphs 6 figures978 0 521 62226 4 (0 521 62226 3)Paperback £48.00
Pediatrics
47Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
Practical Child andAdolescentPsychopharmacologyEdited by Stan KutcherDalhousie University, Nova Scotia
This important book synthesises themost recent findings about drugtreatment for children with a broadrange of psychiatric disorders, discussingtolerability, efficacy and appropriate usewithin a social and developmentalcontext. It is essential reading for allmental health professionals to informpractice and improve patient outcomes.‘… a very welcome addition to the stillrelatively small number of referencetexts in child and adolescentpsychopharmacology … the overallquality of the text is excellent … thisbook makes an important contributionto a field where clinical practice tendsto run ahead of the clinical evidence-base and remain relatively uninformedby basic neuroscience. This bookshould be essential reading for allchild psychiatry trainees …’.Journal of Child PsychologyCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2002 247 x 174 mm 482pp 24 tables1 figure978 0 521 65542 2 (0 521 65542 0)Paperback £48.00
Hyperactivity andAttention Disorders ofChildhoodSecond editionEdited by Seija SandbergRoyal Free and University College MedicalSchool, London
This new edition is thoroughly revisedand updated. Some chapters arecompletely new, and some of the areasdealt with in the first edition are beingcovered by new authors. This will beessential reading for all professionalsinvolved in the management and careof people with ADHD.‘It remains an easily readable and fullyupdated guide for individualscommitted to the understanding,diagnosis and treatment of attentiondeficit/hyperactivity disorder.’Doody’s PublishingCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2002 247 x 174 mm 518pp 10 tables5 figures978 0 521 78961 5 (0 521 78961 3)Paperback £48.00
Outcomes inNeurodevelopmentaland Genetic DisordersEdited by Patricia HowlinSt George’s Hospital Medical School, Universityof London
and Orlee UdwinMary Sheridan Centre for Child Health, London
A team of international experts describethe causes and treatment of a variety ofdevelopmental and genetic disorders,focusing on course and outcome overtime – issues with importantimplications for education, health andsocial services. The authors giveclinicians succinct, up-to-date researchsummaries and practical guidelines forintervention and management.‘The book is essential reading for anyclinician involved with children oradults with developmentalneuropsychiatric disorders. I highlyrecommend it.’Doody’s Electronic JournalCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2002 247 x 174 mm 346pp 1 half-tone20 tables 1 graph 4 figures978 0 521 79721 4 (0 521 79721 7)Paperback £45.00
The Depressed Childand AdolescentSecond editionEdited by Ian M. GoodyerUniversity of Cambridge
This thoroughly revised and updatednew edition combines theory andpractice to discuss the psychological,neurochemical and genetic causes ofdepression in young people and give anaccount of the clinical characteristics,frequency and treatment of thecondition. This book will appeal to allmental health professionals.Cambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2001 247 x 174 mm 404pp 24 tables3 figures978 0 521 79426 8 (0 521 79426 9)Paperback £48.00
Specific LearningDisabilities andDifficulties in Childrenand AdolescentsPsychological Assessment andEvaluationEdited by Alan S. KaufmanYale University, Connecticut
and Nadeen L. KaufmanYale University, Connecticut
In this book, an expert internationalteam looks at all the recently availablemethods for measuring intelligence inyoung people. The authors evaluate theclinical applications and implications foreducational intervention, and give thehistorical context and theory behind thetests examined.‘… the book gives thoroughdescriptions of the key assessmenttools and presents balanced arguments,that make a positive contribution tothe debate about the assessment andevaluation of SLD … I wouldrecommend it as a useful, up-to-dateresource both for established cliniciansand for trainees new to the field.’British Journal of Clinical PsychologyCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2001 247 x 174 mm 484pp 6 half-tones51 tables 8 graphs 32 figures978 0 521 65840 9 (0 521 65840 3)Paperback £45.00
Conduct Disorders inChildhood andAdolescenceEdited by Jonathan HillRoyal Liverpool Children’s Hospital
and Barbara MaughanInstitute of Psychiatry, London
This uniquely authoritative,comprehensive, multidisciplinary surveyreviews all aspects of conduct disorder– highlighting the complexity andprobable heterogeneity of the condition,preventive and treatment approachesand outcomes, and developmental andgender-based variations.‘This is an extremely interesting andinformative book that does justice tothe complexity of perspectives on childand adolescent conduct problems … Itdeserves to become a standard work,available widely to all clinicians andresearchers interested in this field.’Journal of Neurological and Neurosurgical
PsychiatryCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2000 247 x 174 mm 596pp 8 tables4 graphs 12 figures978 0 521 78639 3 (0 521 78639 8)Paperback £48.00
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
48
Psychotherapy withChildren andAdolescentsEdited by Helmut RemschmidtPhilipps-Universität Marburg, Germany
Translated by Peter MatthiasWehmeierand Helen Crimlisk‘… an excellent survey of treatmentapproaches. The comments are rich inclinical experience of the contributors.’Journal of Child Psychology and PsychiatryCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2001 247 x 174 mm 600pp 3 half-tones73 tables 8 graphs 53 figures978 0 521 77558 8 (0 521 77558 2)Paperback £48.00
Schizophrenia inChildren andAdolescentsEdited by Helmut RemschmidtPhilipps-Universität Marburg, Germany
In this timely book for all mental healthprofessionals dealing with schizophreniain the young, an international team ofexperts review the latest findings in thediagnosis and treatment of the disorderand the therapeutic options available toclinicians, focussing on developmentaland clinical aspects.‘There is a truly international list ofexpert contributors from Europe, theUK and the United States. The book isa solid gold resource for adolescentpsychiatrists in particular and themultidisciplinary teams in inpatientunits and other clinics where childrenand adolescents with psychosis areassessed and treated … This book willtake its place as a major guide topractitioners in its important area ofwork for the next few years.’Journal of Child Psychology and PsychiatryCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2000 247 x 174 mm 324pp 26 tables10 graphs 10 figures978 0 521 79428 2 (0 521 79428 5)Paperback £48.00
Anxiety Disorders inChildren andAdolescentsResearch, Assessment andInterventionEdited by Wendy K. SilvermanFlorida International University
and Philip D. A. TreffersRijksuniversiteit Leiden, The Netherlands
In this timely book, an international teamof psychiatrists and psychologists reviewthe most recent developments in thetreatment and assessment of anxietydisorders in the young. This is anauthoritative guide for all mental healthprofessionals involved with this age group.‘This is an excellent volume in theCambridge Child and AdolescentPsychiatry series … carefully plannedand edited … this is an importantbook for educational psychologistswho want to know more about helpinganxious children and their teachers andparents. it would be an excellent textfor shared reading and discussion.’Educational Psychology in PracticeCambridge Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
2000 247 x 174 mm 418pp 12 tables2 graphs 5 figures978 0 521 78966 0 (0 521 78966 4)Paperback £48.00
A Clinical Guide toSleep Disorders inChildren andAdolescentsGregory StoresUniversity of Oxford
There is no available up-to-date,comprehensive source of informationabout sleep disturbance in the young.Gregory Stores addresses this need witha cross-disciplinary review of existinginformation, illustrated by actual cases.It will be essential reading forprofessionals in the field and anyinterested general reader.
2001 247 x 174 mm 204pp 12 tables4 figures978 0 521 65398 5 (0 521 65398 3)Paperback £35.00
Antisocial Behavior byYoung PeopleA Major New ReviewMichael RutterMRC Child Psychiatry Unit, London
Henri Gillerand Ann Hagell
This book is the result of a three-year,comprehensive review of the availableevidence relating to delinquency byyoung people. Written by a childpsychiatrist, a criminologist and a socialpsychologist, the book tackles theproblems of antisocial behaviour from avariety of angles and addresses all ofthe important questions involved.
1998 228 x 152 mm 490pp 27 line diagrams 13 tables978 0 521 64608 6 (0 521 64608 1)Paperback £19.99
MultiaxialClassification of Childand AdolescentPsychiatric DisordersThe ICD-10 Classification ofMental and BehaviouralDisorders in Children andAdolescentsWorld Health OrganisationIntroduction by Sir Michael Rutter
ICD10 descriptions have been groupedinto multiaxial form, particularlyadapted for ease of use with mentaldisorders in childhood and adolescence.The popular original framework of fouraxes has now been greatly improved bythe inclusion of both a new axis forpsychosocial situations and a sixth axiswhich allows for coding on the basis ofdisability.‘ … laid out in a clear, systematic andeasily accessible way’.The British Journal of Psychiatry
1996 228 x 152 mm 310pp978 0 521 58133 2 (0 521 58133 8)Hardback £70.00
Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
49
JOURNAL
DevelopmentalMedicine and ChildNeurologyEditor: Peter BaxterMacKeith Press, London
Distributed for Mac Keith Press
Developmental Medicine and ChildNeurology (DMCN) is one of the world’sleading journals on paediatricneurology, and one of the leaders in thewhole field of paediatrics. In 2005 therewill be twelve issues as usual, plus atleast four supplements. DMCN is theofficially designated journal of theBritish Paediatric Neurology Associationand the American Academy for CerebralPalsy and Developmental Medicine. Itcovers a wide range of clinical topicsconcerning the neurological diseasesand disabilities of children. The journalis of interest both to specialists engagedin medical research and to clinicians inthe fields of paediatrics, genetics,orthopaedics, neurology and otherrelevant areas. It features originalarticles, case reports, annotations, lettersto the editor, and book reviews.Subscriptions
Volume 47 in 2005: Monthly, plussupplementsInstitutions print and electronic: £187/$303Institutions electronic only: £161/$265Institutions print only: £170/$275Individuals print plus electronic: £138/$224Students: £67/$100European Academy of Childhood Disability,British Association for Community ChildHealth (print and online): £138/$Members of the British Paediatric NeurologyAssociation and the American Academy forCerebral Palsy and Developmental Medicinereceive subscriptions (print and electronic) aspart of their membership.Print ISSN 0012-1622Electronic ISSN 1469-8749
JOURNAL
Journal of ChildLanguageEditor: Elena LievenMax-Planck Institute for EvolutionaryAnthropology, Leipzig
Journal of Child Language publishesarticles on all aspects of the scientificstudy of language behaviour in children,the principles which underlie it, and thetheories which may account for it. Theinternational range of authors andbreadth of coverage allow the journal toforge links between many different areasof research. This interdisciplinaryapproach spans a wide range ofinterests, including psychology, phonetics,phonology, vocabulary, grammar,semantics, pragmatics, sociolinguistics,cognitive science, anthropology andcross-linguistic research.Subscriptions
Volume 32 in 2005: February, May, Augustand NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £200/$320Institutions electronic only: £167/$268Institutions print only: £178/$283Individuals print plus electronic: £48/$77American Psychological Association, AmericanPsychological Society, International PragmaticsAssociation, Linguistic Society of America, AILA(International Association of AppliedLinguistics), American Council for Teachers ofForeign Languages (ACTFL), TESOL: £30/$45International Association for the Study of ChildLanguage: £22/$34Print ISSN 0305-0009Electronic ISSN 1469-7602
Psychiatry
Bipolar DisordersMixed States, Rapid Cycling andAtypical FormsEdited by Andreas MarnerosMartin Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenburg,Germany
and Frederick GoodwinGeorge Washington University, Washington DC
This book examines the full range ofatypical, rapid cycling and transientforms of bipolar disorder, from atypicaland agitated depression toschizoaffective mixed states. The mostrecent ICD category is covered, alongwith the biology and genetics of bipolardisorder and issues relating tocomorbidity, age and drug treatments.
2005 247 x 174 mm 352pp 6 half-tones69 tables 58 figures978 0 521 54289 0 (0 521 54289 8)PaperbackPublication August 2005
Acute and TransientPsychosesAndreas MarnerosMartin Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenburg,Germany
and Frank PillmannMartin Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenburg,Germany
This book is the first comprehensiveoverview of the clinical features,biology, course and long-term outcomeof brief and acute psychoses. Theauthors also address the nosologicalstatus of brief and acute psychoses andtheir impact on our understanding ofthe continuum of psychotic andaffective disorders.
2004 247 x 174 mm 254pp 5 half-tones53 figures978 0 521 83518 3 (0 521 83518 6)Hardback £65.00
BioterrorismPsychological and Public HealthInterventionsEdited by Robert J. UrsanoUniformed Services University School ofMedicine, Bethesda MD
Ann E. NorwoodUniformed Services University School ofMedicine, Bethesda MD
and Carol S. FullertonUniformed Services University School ofMedicine, Bethesda MD
Bioterrorism creates chaos anddisruption on a global scale, and it isbelieved to incur the most devastatingpsychological sequelae of all disastersand terrorist events. Planning and pre-disaster exercises are essential forallocating resources and devisingeffective mental health interventions.Includes two CDs.‘This is a superb book that will provideclinicians, researchers, and communityleaders with an in-depthunderstanding of the consequences ofa bioterrorism attack and help thembetter prepare and respond to futureevents.’Doody’s Book Reviews
2004 247 x 174 mm 376pp 10 line diagrams 29 tables978 0 521 81472 0 (0 521 81472 3)Mixed Media £70.00
Psychiatry
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
50
Terrorism and DisasterIndividual and CommunityMental Health InterventionsEdited by Robert J. UrsanoUniformed Services University of the HealthSciences, Maryland
Carol S. FullertonUniformed Services University of the HealthSciences, Maryland
and Ann E. NorwoodUniformed Services University of the HealthSciences, Maryland
Many professionals believe thatterrorism produces the highest andmost diffuse rates of psychiatricsequelae of all the types of disaster. Inthis book the world’s experts assess thelessons learned from the most recentatrocities in terms of prevention,intervention, the effect of leadership,and the effects of contamination.‘Comprehensive, scholarly, grippingreading. This is a SUPERB book. Thisvolume is the most comprehensive,scholarly and well-done book coveringthe entire range of traumata anddisasters … Material never beforepresented in such a readable anddefinitive form.’Margaret T. Singer
2003 247 x 174 mm 364pp 41 tables8 figures978 0 521 82606 8 (0 521 82606 3)Mixed Media £110.00978 0 521 53345 4 (0 521 53345 7)Mixed Media £40.00
Individual andCommunity Responsesto Trauma and DisasterThe Structure of Human ChaosEdited by Robert J. UrsanoUniformed Services University of the HealthSciences, Maryland
Brian G. McCaugheyUniformed Services University of the HealthSciences, Maryland
and Carol S. FullertonUniformed Services University of the HealthSciences, Maryland
Foreword by Beverley Raphael
A wide-ranging reference text on theeffect of trauma and disasters, forhealth professionals and researchworkers.
1995 228 x 152 mm 438pp 17 line diagrams 48 tables978 0 521 55643 9 (0 521 55643 0)Paperback £49.95
Parental PsychiatricDisorderDistressed Parents and theirFamiliesSecond editionEdited by Michael GöpfertWebb House Democratic TherapeuticCommunity, Crewe
Jeni Webster5 Boroughs Partnership, Warrington
and Mary V. SeemanUniversity of Toronto
It is indisputable that parental mentalillness has serious and adverse effectson the child. In this completely rewrittensecond edition, an international,multidisciplinary team of professionalsreview treatment interventions from apractical, clinical point of view. It isessential reading for professionalsdealing with adult mental illness andchild-care.‘A unique and innovative approach tofamily issues in psychiatric disorders.The authors tackle a broad range ofcomplex issues that are rarely coveredin the depth or with the expertise thatthis volume brings. This book is amajor contribution to the field andprovides the kind of internationalperspective that enhances ourunderstanding of the complexdimensions of psychiatric disordersfrom a multigenerational and cross-cultural perspective.’ Carol Nadelson, Professor of Psychiatry, HarvardMedical School
2004 247 x 174 mm 422pp 1 half-tone6 tables 7 figures978 0 521 53497 0 (0 521 53497 6)Paperback £40.00
The Self inNeuroscience andPsychiatryEdited by Tilo KircherEberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen, Germany
and Anthony DavidInstitute of Psychiatry, London
In recent years neuroscience hascontributed important insights to theconcept and construction of the selffrom conditions, such as schizophrenia,in which the self becomes disordered.This book focuses on neuropsychiatricmodels of self-consciousness, setagainst introductory essays describingthe philosophical, historical andpsychological approaches.
2003 247 x 174 mm 496pp 6 half-tones4 tables 3 graphs 22 figures978 0 521 80387 8 (0 521 80387 X)Hardback £80.00978 0 521 53350 8 (0 521 53350 3)Paperback £30.00
Prader-Willi SyndromeDevelopment andManifestationsJoyce WhittingtonUniversity of Cambridge
and Tony HollandUniversity of Cambridge
This book identifies and integrates thelatest findings about how best tomanage the complex care needs ofpeople with Prader-Willi syndrome(PWS). The data provided by theCambridge PWS study, the largest andmost rounded cohort studies of PWS inthe world, is the basis of this book.
2004 247 x 174 mm 230pp 17 line diagrams 36 tables978 0 521 84029 3 (0 521 84029 5)Hardback £60.00
A Guide to AspergerSyndromeChristopher GillbergGöteborgs Universitet, Sweden
This is an accessible handbook for allthose touched by Asperger syndrome;clinicians, those affected and carersalike. In it, Christopher Gillberg, aworld-renowned authority in the field,gives an in-depth account of symptoms,diagnosis, prevalence, backgroundfactors, prognosis and intervention.‘In this short and beautifully producedbook one of the doyens in the fieldaddresses everyone concerned withthis condition.’Journal of Child Psychology
2002 247 x 174 mm 188pp 7 tables978 0 521 00183 0 (0 521 00183 8)Paperback £22.99
Psychiatry
51
Medical Managementof Eating DisordersA Practical Handbook forHealthcare ProfessionalsC. Laird BirminghamUniversity of British Columbia, Vancouver
and Pierre J. V. BeumontUniversity of Sydney
With contributions by RichardCrawfordDeborah HodgsonMichael Kohnand Peta Marks
This is a practical guide to the medicalcomplications and treatment of anorexiaand related eating disorders. It coversmedical and nutritional therapies andpsychiatric and psychological aspectsincluding psychological therapies. It issuitable for all health care professionalslooking after these patients.
2004 228 x 152 mm 314pp 10 line diagrams 11 colour plates978 0 521 54662 1 (0 521 54662 1)Paperback £35.00
Marijuana andMadnessPsychiatry and NeurobiologyEdited by David CastleMental Health Research Institute, Melbourne
and Robin MurrayInstitute of Psychiatry, London
This book provides an up-to-dateoverview of the psychiatry andneuroscience of Cannabis sativa(marijuana) with particular emphasis onpsychotic disorders. It outlines the latestdevelopments in our understanding ofthe human cannabinoid system, andlinks this to clinical and epidemiologicalfacts about the impact of cannabis onmental health.
2004 247 x 174 mm 234pp 14 line diagrams 10 tables978 0 521 81940 4 (0 521 81940 7)Hardback £45.00
The Treatment ofDrinking ProblemsA Guide for the HelpingProfessionsFourth editionGriffith EdwardsNational Addiction Centre, London
E. Jane MarshallSouth London NHS & Maudsley NHS Trust
and Christopher C. H. CookUniversity of Kent, Canterbury
The Treatment of Drinking Problems hasbecome, over the past twenty years, thedefinitive text in its field. Internationally
acclaimed and translated into sixlanguages, it is the most authoritativesource book for the treatment ofalcohol problems for all professionalswho encounter them.
2003 247 x 174 mm 428pp 43 tables1 graph 2 figures978 0 521 01714 5 (0 521 01714 9)Paperback £35.00
Drugs and AddictiveBehaviourA Guide to TreatmentThird editionHamid GhodseSt George’s Hospital Medical School, Universityof London
In this completely revised and updatedthird edition, Hamid Ghodse presents acomprehensive, international overviewof substance misuse and dependence.There is a particular emphasis onpractical, evidence-based approaches toassessment and management, anentirely new chapter on alcohol abuse,and the appendix provides a series ofclinical intervention tools.‘... well researched, thorough andlogically ordered.’Drug and Alcohol Review
2002 247 x 174 mm 520pp 23 tables39 figures978 0 521 81354 9 (0 521 81354 9)Hardback £80.00978 0 521 00001 7 (0 521 00001 7)Paperback £45.00
Symptoms and Signsof Substance MisuseSecond editionMargaret M. StarkSt George’s Hospital Medical School, London
and J. Jason Payne-JamesForensic Healthcare Services Ltd
The second edition of this handypocket-sized reference provides an up-to-date, accessible and authoritativeguide to the symptoms and signs ofdrug misuse and the basic principles oftreatment for many of the mostcommonly encountered substances suchas heroine, cocaine, amphetamines,cannabis, alcohol and ecstasy.
2002 978 1 841 10106 4 (1 841 10106 0)Paperback £12.99
Community Treatmentof Drug MisuseMore than MethadoneNicholas SeivewrightCommunity Health Sheffield NHS Trust
‘ … a well-written and stimulatingbook by an author whose opinions areinformed by evidence and considerableexperience in treating drug users. It ishonest in acknowledging the difficultissues faced by practitioners and theseare well illustrated in the casehistories that show the mixed resultsoften achieve in the treatment ofsubstance misuse.’The Lancet
1999 228 x 152 mm 259pp 2 line diagrams 20 tables978 0 521 59091 4 (0 521 59091 4)Hardback £70.00978 0 521 66562 9 (0 521 66562 0)Paperback £33.00
Circles of RecoverySelf-help Organizations forAddictionsKeith HumphreysStanford University School of Medicine,California
Circles of Recovery provides anintegrative, international review of self-help organizations, focusing on efficacy,effect on individual members, andpractical strategies for how individualclinicians and treatment systems caninteract with self-help organizations toimprove outcomes.‘This book presents a clear andcomprehensive international overviewof the history of self-help groups andthe evidence for their efficacy inrecovery … This book is a must readfor all addiction professionals as wellas all other mental healthprofessionals who encounter substanceabuse problems in their clients.’Psychological MedicineInternational Research Monographs in theAddictions
2003 228 x 152 mm 238pp978 0 521 79277 6 (0 521 79277 0)Hardback £55.00
Psychiatry
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
52
Somatoform DisordersA Medicolegal GuideMichael TrimbleInstitute of Neurology, London
This is an in-depth, clinically orientatedreview of somatoform disorders andrelated clinical presentations (such aschronic fatigue syndrome) and how theypresent in a medico-legal setting. It isaimed at both clinicians and lawyersdealing with injury claims where thesedisorders impact much more frequentlythan is generally recognised.‘Trimble’s literary references and clear,witty prose make this book easy andeven entertaining to read … the pointshe makes on somatoform disorders ingeneral are of value to allpractitioners, and his perspective onmedical reports and expert evidenceare of especial value.’Irish Medical Law and Ethics e-Bulletin
2004 247 x 174 mm 266pp 34 tables9 figures978 0 521 81108 8 (0 521 81108 2)Hardback £50.00
Velo-cardio-facialSyndromeA Model for UnderstandingMicrodeletion DisordersEdited by Kieran MurphyEducation and Research Centre, Royal Collegeof Surgeons of Ireland
and Peter ScamblerInstitute of Child Health, University CollegeLondon
Velo-cardio-facial Syndrome (VCFS) is agenetic disorder caused by deletion ofpart of chromosome 22. The focus is onclinical issues with chapters devoted topsychiatric disorders, neuroimaging,speech and language, cardiac, ENT,gastrointestinal, ophthalmic andurological manifestations. This book hasbeen authored by leading internationalVCFS clinicians and researchers.
2005 247 x 174 mm 255pp 30 line diagrams 8 colour plates 17 tables4 graphs 32 figures978 0 521 82185 8 (0 521 82185 1)Hardback c. £65.00Publication July 2005
PsychodermatologyThe Psychological Impact of SkinDisordersEdited by Linda PapadopoulosLondon Guildhall University
and Carl WalkerLondon Metropolitan University
Psychodermatology covers all aspects ofhow the mind and body interact inrelation to the onset and progression ofvarious skin disorders. This book is thefirst text written by a multidisciplinaryteam of psychiatrists, psychologists,child specialists and dermatologists forall the health professionals who treatpatients with skin problems. They covera broad range of issues affecting thesepatients, including: stigma, coping,relationships, psychological treatments,the impact on children, comorbidities,psychoneuroimmunology, quality of lifeand psychological treatments.
• The first multidisciplinary text to coverthe body-mind interactions affectingskin disease
• Written for all health professionalsworking with patients with skindiseases
• Takes a broad-ranging approach frompsychoneuroimmunology to dealingwith stigma
2005 247 x 174 mm 196pp 1 linediagram 4 tables978 0 521 54229 6 (0 521 54229 4)Paperback c. £29.00Publication October 2005
Modelling andManaging theDepressive DisordersA Clinical GuideGordon ParkerUniversity of New South Wales, Sydney
and Vijaya ManicavasagarUniversity of New South Wales, Sydney
This book argues that the current modelfor describing the mood disorderscauses problems in diagnosis andmanagement. The authors present analternative approach to defining andmanaging the full range of depressivedisorders.
2005 247 x 174 mm 153pp 2 tables69 figures978 0 521 67144 6 (0 521 67144 2)Paperback c. £30.00Publication July 2005
The Treatment ofAnxiety DisordersClinician Guides and PatientManualsSecond editionGavin AndrewsUniversity of New South Wales, Sydney
Mark CreamerUniversity of Melbourne
Rocco CrinoUniversity of New South Wales, Sydney
Caroline HuntUniversity of Sydney
Lisa LampeUniversity of New South Wales, Sydney
and Andrew PageUniversity of Western Australia, Perth
In this completely revised second editionover half the material is new, and thereis an entirely new section covering post-traumatic stress disorder. ClinicianGuides and Patient Treatment Manualsfor each anxiety disorder provide atheoretical overview and a frameworkto help psychiatrists and clinicalpsychologists build successful treatmentprograms.‘In my opinion this book deserves aplace in any medical library for itsclear and comprehensive theoreticaloverview, and its synthesis of theoryand practice for all doctors whosework brings them into contact withanxious patients.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2002 247 x 174 mm 624pp 1 linediagram 30 tables 10 graphs 20 figures978 0 521 78877 9 (0 521 78877 3)Paperback £43.00
CatatoniaA Clinician’s Guide to Diagnosisand TreatmentMax FinkState University of New York, Stony Brook
and Michael Alan TaylorFinch University of Health Sciences, Chicago
This book, by two leadingneuropsychiatrists, describes thefeatures of catatonia, teaches the readerhow to identify and treat the syndromesuccessfully, and describes itsneurobiology. Patient vignettes illustratethe principles of diagnosing andtreating patients with catatonia. It is anessential clinical reference forpsychiatrists and neurologists.‘… an excellent book on catatonia. Thebook is a very interesting and clinicallyrelevant review of the authors’extensive experience in the researchand treatment of this neuropsychiatricillness … Authors Fink and Taylor
Psychiatry
53
provide us with valuable clinicalexperience and information for animproved understanding and a moreeffective treatment of this form ofpsychosis.’Psychological Medicine
2003 247 x 174 mm 274pp 2 line diagrams 31 tables978 0 521 82226 8 (0 521 82226 2)Hardback £60.00
Schizophrenic SpeechMaking Sense of Bathroots andPonds that Fall in DoorwaysPeter J. McKennaCambridge Health Authority
and Tomasina M. OhUniversity of Singapore
This book reviews our knowledge of theincoherent speech which can present asa symptom of schizophrenia. It coversclinical presentation, differentialdiagnosis and the theories proposed toaccount for the symptom in these‘thought disordered’ patients, rangingfrom the psychoanalytic to there being aform of aphasia involved.
2005 247 x 174 mm 220pp 28 line diagrams978 0 521 81075 3 (0 521 81075 2)Hardback £55.00
Neurodevelopmentand SchizophreniaEdited by Matcheri S. KeshavanUniversity of Pittsburgh
James L. KennedyClarke Institute of Psychiatry, Toronto
and Robin M. MurrayInstitute of Psychiatry, London
Developmental neurobiology has madesome important strides towardselucidating the pathophysiology ofpsychiatric disorders. This volumeexplores the link between basic scienceand clinical insights in the field ofschizophrenia research. The book will bevaluable to researchers in psychiatry andneurobiology, students in psychology,and all mental health practitioners.
2004 247 x 174 mm 506pp 17 tables978 0 521 82331 9 (0 521 82331 5)Hardback £85.00
The Epidemiology ofSchizophreniaEdited by Robin M. MurrayInstitute of Psychiatry, London
Peter B. JonesUniversity of Cambridge
Ezra SusserColumbia University, New York
Jim Van OsUniversiteit Maastricht, Netherlands
and Mary CannonInstitute of Psychiatry, London
The first comprehensive, epidemiologicaloverview of schizophrenia, drawingtogether the findings from social,genetic, developmental and classicalepidemiology. Controversial issues on itsnature and cause are explored in depth,and separate chapters are devoted tosuicide, violence and substance abuse,new prospects for treatment, andprevention.‘This is a refreshing and helpful bookthat presents an up-to-date andcomprehensive understanding ofschizophrenia. It is also a great bookto learn about the application ofepidemiology on mental health.’Doody’s
2002 247 x 174 mm 470pp 41 tables14 graphs 3 figures978 0 521 77540 3 (0 521 77540 X)Hardback £60.00
Women andSchizophreniaEdited by David J. CastleJohn McGrathWolston Park Hospital, Queensland
and Jayashri KulkarniDandenong Area Mental Health Service,Australia
An international team of clinicians andmental health experts examine thebiological, endocrinological,epidemiological, reproductive,psychological and social aspects ofschizophrenia as experienced bywomen. They assess the sex-specificissues and evaluate their therapeuticand clinical implications. This book isessential reading for all cliniciansinvolved with mental health and alsowith women’s health.
2000 247 x 174 mm 164pp 5 tables1 graph978 0 521 78617 1 (0 521 78617 7)Paperback £23.99
Schizophrenia, Culture,and SubjectivityThe Edge of ExperienceEdited by Janis Hunter JenkinsCase Western Reserve University, Ohio
and Robert John BarrettUniversity of Adelaide
This volume partners anthropologists,psychiatrists, psychologists, andhistorians studying schizophrenia and itscultural influences. From researchcollected worldwide, contributors sharean interest in subjective and interpretiveaspects of illness, while maintaining thebiological concept of schizophrenia. It isof practical relevance not only topsychiatrists, but all mental healthprofessionals.Cambridge Studies in Medical Anthropology,11
2004 228 x 152 mm 382pp 7 line diagrams 7 tables978 0 521 82955 7 (0 521 82955 0)Hardback £65.00978 0 521 53641 7 (0 521 53641 3)Paperback £23.99
Cognitive Therapyacross the LifespanEvidence and PracticeEdited by Mark A. ReineckeNorthwestern University Medical School, Illinois
and David A. ClarkUniversity of New Brunswick
Foreword by Aaron T. Beck
This balanced and critical overviewexamines the evidence supporting theeffectiveness of cognitive-behavioralapproaches to treating clinical problemsacross the lifespan. It analyses thecognitive models on which thesetreatments are based, and identifies theclinical and conceptual problems, givingspecific recommendations foraddressing them.‘… an excellent introduction to thefield … Perhaps the most importantcontribution of this volume, however,is found in the discerning, criticalstance taken by the contributors. ...This book unflinchingly examines thestrengths and weaknessess ofcognitive approaches to psychotherapyand the empirical foundations onwhich they stand. … This is aremarkable and valuable volume.’ Aaron T. Beck
2003 247 x 174 mm 548pp 7 tables7 figures978 0 521 65109 7 (0 521 65109 3)Hardback £80.00978 0 521 53377 5 (0 521 53377 5)Paperback £38.00
Psychiatry
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
54
Psychiatric andCognitive Disorders inParkinson’s DiseaseSergio E. StarksteinBuenos Aires Neuropsychiatric Center
and Marcelo MerelloRaul Carrea Institute of Neurological Research-FLENI
A clear and comprehensive account ofemotional and cognitive aspects ofParkinson’s disease, based on theneurological and psychiatric assessmentof hundreds of patients by the authors.It covers psychiatric and cognitivedisorders in practical detail, and alsoreviews the behavioural side effects ofanti-parkinsonian treatments.‘The layout and style is accessible andclear and the addition of clinicalvignettes makes for an engaging andeducational read … There is sufficientscientific detail for the specialist, butwith clear practical guidelines, casestudies, and rating scales it will meetthe needs of all those working withpeople who have PD.’The Lancet
2002 247 x 174 mm 240pp 15 line diagrams 28 tables978 0 521 66305 2 (0 521 66305 9)Hardback £60.00
Challenging BehaviourAnalysis and Intervention inPeople with Severe IntellectualDisabilitiesSecond editionEric EmersonUniversity of Lancaster
In this thoroughly revised, expandedand updated new edition, Eric Emersonprovides a comprehensive, cross-disciplinary overview of challengingbehaviour resulting from learningdisabilities. This will be essential readingfor clinicians and all health careprofessionals involved in the assessmentand treatment of challenging behaviour.‘In Challenging Behaviour Emersoncarefully defines his terms, sets theproblem in the social context, anddemonstrates a systematic approach tothe analysis and treatment ofbehavioural pathology in this littleunderstood aspect of learningdifficulties … and it has the greatmerit of being set against issues ofquality of life.’British Medical Journal
2001 247 x 174 mm 232pp 7 tables8 figures978 0 521 79444 2 (0 521 79444 7)Paperback £33.00
InsomniaPrinciples and ManagementEdited by Martin P. SzubaUniversity of Pennsylvania
Jacqueline D. KlossDrexel University, Philadelphia
and David F. DingesUniversity of Pennsylvania
This book is the first of its kind tocollate the up-to-date scientific datarelating to insomnia in order to improveclinical management. A team of expertscovers insomnia throughout thelifespan, the relevant biological systems,and the impact of related problems(such as shift work, mood disorders, etcetera).‘… a well-balanced account of theproblems faced by those with insomniaand those caring for insomniacs … thisbook is very good value.’Psychological Medicine
2003 247 x 174 mm 306pp 10 tables8 figures978 0 521 01076 4 (0 521 01076 4)Paperback £36.00
TEXTBOOK
NEW EDITION
The Brain andBehavior An Introduction to BehavioralNeuroanatomySecond editionDavid ClarkOhio State University
Nashaat BoutrosYale University, Connecticut
and Mario MendezUniversity of California, Los Angeles
This new edition of The Brain andBehavior retains the core aim of theprevious successful edition, andprovides an accessible introduction tobehavioral neuroanatomy. The text ispresented in a highly structured andorganised format to help distinguishbetween issues of anatomical,behavioural and physiological relevance.
2005 246 x 189 mm 300pp 76 line diagrams 21 half-tones 6 colour plates978 0 521 84050 7 (0 521 84050 3)Hardback c. £70.00978 0 521 54984 4 (0 521 54984 1)Paperback c. £35.00Publication September 2005
Stress, the Brain andDepressionH. M. van PraagUniversiteit Maastricht, Netherlands
E. R. de KloetUniversiteit Leiden
and J. van OsUniversiteit Maastricht, Netherlands
Can traumatic life events causedepression? The authors structure theirexamination around three major themes:the pathophysiological role of stress indepression; whether or not a subtype ofdepression exists that is particularlystress-inducible; and, finally, how best todiagnose and treat depression in relationto its biological underpinnings.‘In shedding light on the causal andtemporal relationships between stressand depression the authors also showtheir extensive knowledge. Theirthought provoking presentation of thehistory of psychiatric classification is arefreshingly welcome overview,punctuated with scepticism regardingthe ‘nosologomania in psychiatry.’ Thedetailed information is systematicallypresented; and each chapter buildstowards (preliminary) conclusions,making this complex topic relativelyeasy to understand … The combineddecades of experience in biologicalpsychiatric research give the authors aclear view of this problem and thenecessary experience to explain thesolution.’British Medical Journal
2004 247 x 174 mm 296pp 15 line diagrams 26 half-tones 40 tables978 0 521 62147 2 (0 521 62147 X)Hardback £65.00
The SocialConstruction ofIntellectual DisabilityMark RapleyMurdoch University, Western Australia
This, the first book-length application ofdiscursive psychology to intellectualdisability, shows through a range ofcase studies which draw uponethnomethodological and conversationanalytic scholarship, how personscategorized as ‘intellectually disabled’are produced, as such, in and throughtheir moment-by-moment interactionwith care staff and other professionals.’The book presents a timely challengeto our profession. Mark Rapley’swriting just gets better: make sure youget the chance to learn from him.’Clinical Psychology
2004 228 x 152 mm 258pp978 0 521 80900 9 (0 521 80900 2)Hardback £40.00978 0 521 00529 6 (0 521 00529 9)Paperback £17.99
Psychiatry
55
Pharmacogenetics ofPsychotropic DrugsEdited by Bernard LererHadassah-Hebrew Medical Center, Jerusalem
‘… this is a well-written book on asubject which is often foundcomplicated and difficult … the bookwill be informative for the reader whowants a general review of the field ofpsychopharmacogenetics, but will alsobe useful for the reader who wantsupdated information on a specific topic…’.European Journal of Clinical Pharmacology
2002 247 x 174 mm 456pp 48 line diagrams 3 colour plates 14 tables978 0 521 80617 6 (0 521 80617 8)Hardback £110.00
Reducing the Stigmaof Mental IllnessA Report from the GlobalProgramme of the WorldPsychiatric AssociationNorman SartoriusUniversité de Genève
and Hugh Schulze
This book details the results of the OpenDoors Programme, begun in 1996 bythe WPA, to fight the stigma anddiscrimination attached to mentalillness. It provides recommendations andguidance for those seeking to join thisinternational effort or start similarefforts.
2005 247 x 174 mm 250pp 4 tables11 figures978 0 521 54943 1 (0 521 54943 4)Paperback £30.00
Fighting for MentalHealthA Personal ViewNorman SartoriusUniversité de Genève
Norman Sartorius has for many yearssurveyed the state of psychiatryworldwide and campaigned for greaterequity and honesty in the clinical andresearch agenda. This collection of histhoughts ranges from trenchantcritiques to more light-hearted pieces;all point to the core concerns forworldwide mental health programmestoday.‘This book is a delight to read. By oneof our leading internationalpsychiatrists, it brings both wisdomand knowledge to bear on many keyissues that the mental healthmovement currently faces … this is abook to savour: it is enjoyable as astraight read … but it is also a book
for the bedside, to dip into from timeto time … this book is contemporaryand inspiring, challenging psychiatriststo become more involved with thewider contextual milieu in which weoperate.’British Journal of Psychiatry
2002 228 x 152 mm 266pp 19 half-tones3 tables 4 figures978 0 521 58243 8 (0 521 58243 1)Hardback £35.00
Evidence-basedPsychopharmacologyEdited by Dan J. SteinUniversity of Stellenbosch, South Africa
Bernard LererHadassah – Hebrew Medical Center, Jerusalem
and Stephen M. StahlUniversity of California, San Diego
This book presents a comprehensiveoverview of recent advances inevidence-based pharmacologicaltreatment of psychiatric disorders. Therehave been very significant developmentsin our understanding of the methods forsystematically reviewing literature,assessing clinical trials and optimisingdecision making. The book exploresthese issues and applies lessonslearned.
2005 247 x 174 mm 350pp978 0 521 82481 1 (0 521 82481 8)Hardback c. £70.00978 0 521 53188 7 (0 521 53188 8)Paperback c. £35.00Publication August 2005
Psychiatric IntensiveCareSecond editionEdited by Dominic BeerStephen Perieraand Carol Paton
Significantly expanded and updatedfrom the first edition. New chaptersinclude: Interface with GeneralPsychiatry, Interface with LearningDifficulties, Interface with the Child andAdolescent, Interface with SubstanceMisuse, Interface with Social Work, Userand Carer Issues, Legal Issues andNational Standards and Good Practicein Psychiatric Intensive Care.
2006 234 x 156 mm 400pp 75 line diagrams978 1 841 10200 9 (1 841 10200 8)Paperback £33.00
HIV and PsychiatryA Training and Resource ManualSecond editionEdited by Kenneth CitronMarie Josée BrouilletteMcGill University, Montréal
and Alexandra BeckettHarvard University, Massachusetts
This new edition of HIV and Psychiatryis fully revised and brings together astrong, international team of experts tocreate the most up-to-date handbookfor mental health professionals dealingwith HIV-infected and HIV-affectedpeople.
2005 247 x 174 mm 370pp 3 half-tones35 tables 3 graphs 1 figure978 0 521 00918 8 (0 521 00918 9)Paperback c. £35.00Publication July 2005
EssentialPsychopharmacology:the Prescriber’s GuideStephen M. StahlUniversity of California, San Diego
Edited by Meghan M. GradyIllustrated by Nancy Muntner
The Prescriber’s Guide is a pragmatic,full-color guide for prescribers. Coveringover 100 psychotropic drugs, it gives allthe information required for effectivetreatment. For each drug there are fivecategories: general therapeutics, dosingand use, side effects, specialpopulations, and pearls. Key elementshave a target icon to enable instantaccess to the information needed. Thereare several indices, one consisting of alist of generic and proprietary names forall the drugs featured, one categorizingthe generic drugs by use, and one listingthem by class.
• Covers over 100 psychotropic drugs
• Easy-to-use format with color iconsmarking key elements for easy location
• Latest addition to the highlysuccessful family of EssentialPsychopharmacology books fromStephen Stahl
2004 228 x 152 mm 588pp 4 colour plates978 0 521 01169 3 (0 521 01169 8)Paperback £35.00
Psychiatry
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
56
EssentialPsychopharmacologyNeuroscientific Basis andPractical ApplicationsSecond editionStephen M. StahlUniversity of California, San Diego
Illustrated by Nancy Muntner
Much expanded, fully revised, withmany new illustrations, and with self-assessment tests following eachchapter, this second edition covers allrecent advances inpsychopharmacology. This is theessential text for students, clinicians andmental health professionals who haveto master the complexities ofpsychopharmacology, and plan soundtreatment approaches.‘… essential reading … I wouldthoroughly recommend this book toanyone who works with psychotropicdrugs – or who has the task ofteaching others about them!’ American Journal of Psychiatry
2000 174 x 247 mm 660pp 500 colour plates978 0 521 64615 4 (0 521 64615 4)Paperback £49.95
EssentialPsychopharmacologyTeacher’s CD-ROMSecond editionStephen M. StahlUniversity of California, San Diego
As an additional educational componentof Essential Psychopharmacology,second edition, a dual platform CD-ROM is available containing all thefigures from the text in cleverly craftedPowerPoint presentations. These aregiven in two versions: the completesequence of more than 500 animatedfigures from the textbook, and the sameimages without animation.
2001 CD-ROM 978 0 521 78788 8 (0 521 78788 2)CD-ROM £135.00
EssentialPsychopharmacologyHardback and CD-ROM PackSecond editionStephen M. StahlUniversity of California, San Diego
2000 247 x 174 mm 576pp 500 colour plates978 0 521 79560 9 (0 521 79560 5)Teacher’s Set £185.00
EssentialPsychopharmacologyof Depression andBipolar DisorderStephen M. StahlUniversity of California, San Diego
Stressing the basic neuroscience ofmood disorders, Stephen Stahl’s fullyupdated, authoritative, illustrated textshows how antidepressants work, givingnew information aboutpharmacokinetics and the mechanismsof action of the latest SSRIs. This is aninvaluable resource for all cliniciansinvolved in the treatment of depressionand bipolar disorder.‘The style is succinct, clear, thoroughand up-to-date, thus making it a usefultext for a broad readership of allclinicians involved in treating patientswith an affective disorder.’Additional Biology
2000 174 x 247 mm 198pp 179 line diagrams 33 tables978 0 521 78645 4 (0 521 78645 2)Paperback £26.00
EssentialPsychopharmacologyof Antipsychotics andMood StabilizersStephen M. StahlUniversity of California, San Diego
Illustrated by Nancy Munter
Updated and expanded from EssentialPsychopharmacology, new materialincludes two new theories aboutdopaminergic modulation of receptorsby new antipsychotic drugs; theprotypical agent aripiprazole anddopamine system stabilizers; the use ofanticonvulsant agents; the newestatypical antipsychotic ziprasidone; andnearly fifty new images. CME self-assessment tests are included.‘Firmly grounded in contemporaryneuroscience … an excellent andcomprehensive account of thepharmacology of drugs currently usedto treat psychiatric disorders.’Psychological Medicine
2002 247 x 174 mm 160pp 110 colour plates 2 figures978 0 521 89074 8 (0 521 89074 8)Paperback £26.00
Psychotherapy andCounselling in PracticeA Narrative FrameworkDigby TantamUniversity of Sheffield
This important and timely book gives asynthesis, based on actual cases,evidence, practice and experience, todescribe the process of psychotherapyand identify the fundamental elementsthat lead to good outcome across all itsvaried schools. It is essential reading foranyone working with patients using apsychotherapy model.
2002 228 x 152 mm 334pp 10 tables978 0 521 47963 9 (0 521 47963 0)Paperback £24.99
Neuropsychiatry: AnIntroductory ApproachDavid B. ArciniegasUniversity of Colorado, Denver
and Thomas P. BeresfordUniversity of Colorado, Denver
This practical introductory guideprovides a neuropsychiatric approach tounderstanding basic and complexcognition, emotion, personality andpsychological adaptation. It describesthe fundamental methods ofneuropsychiatry, and presents a range oftopics illustrating the practicalapplication of concepts and methodspreviously discussed.
2001 247 x 174 mm 458pp 32 line diagrams 20 half-tones 29 tables978 0 521 64311 5 (0 521 64311 2)Hardback £75.00978 0 521 64431 0 (0 521 64431 3)Paperback £38.00
Memory Disorders inPsychiatric PracticeEdited by German E. BerriosUniversity of Cambridge
and John R. HodgesUniversity of Cambridge
Memory complaints are a frequentfeature of psychiatric disorder, even inthe absence of organic disease. In thispractical reference for the clinician,German Berrios and John Hodges leadan international team of experts toexamine the psychiatric and organicaspects of memory disorders from themultidisciplinary memory clinicperspective.
2000 247 x 174 mm 530pp 33 tables5 figures978 0 521 57671 0 (0 521 57671 7)Paperback £50.00
Psychiatry
57
Behavior and MoodDisorders in FocalBrain LesionsEdited by Julien BogousslavskyCentre Hospitalier Universitaire Vaudois,Lausanne
and Jeffrey L. CummingsUniversity of California, Los Angeles
This is the first clinical reference work toaddress the relationship of focal braindysfunction to disorders of mood.
2000 247 x 174 mm 566pp 14 half-tones29 figures978 0 521 77482 6 (0 521 77482 9)Paperback £65.00
Stalkers and theirVictimsPaul E. MullenMonash University, Victoria
Michele PathéMonash University, Victoria
and Rosemary PurcellMonash University, Victoria
‘Stalkers and their Victims is a brilliantfusion of cutting-edge scientificresearch and riveting clinical account.Written with genuine eloquence,argued with unfailing insight, andsuffused with compassion, the bookups the ante on all future work onstalking. An extraordinary scholarlyaccomplishment of both internationaland enduring significance.’John Monahan, University of Virginia
2000 247 x 174 mm 322pp 11 tables978 0 521 66950 4 (0 521 66950 2)Paperback £33.00
Surviving StalkingMichele PathéVictorian Institute of Forensic Mental Health,Brunswick, Australia
This is the first accessible, contemporaryaccount of victim types, stalker types,stalkers’ motives, strategies to preventand overcome stalking, legal guidance,and further resources. It will be ofinterest not only to victims of stalking,but also to the health and legalprofessionals who work with them.
2002 247 x 174 mm 174pp 3 tables1 figure978 0 521 00964 5 (0 521 00964 2)Paperback £20.99
PsychologicalDebriefingTheory, Practice and EvidenceEdited by Beverley RaphaelNew South Wales Health Department, Sydney
and John WilsonCleveland State University
‘At times truly horrific reading butfortunately tempered by the generalopinion throughout the book that thereis always the ‘possibility of help, therecognition of hurt, the reality of hope’… This book certainly provides a wealthof theories, descriptions and experience,and as such could offer support to thosepsychiatrists working closely andregularly with trauma victims.’International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry
2000 246 x 189 mm 386pp 3 line diagrams 37 tables 2 graphs978 0 521 64700 7 (0 521 64700 2)Paperback £48.00
NeurodevelopmentalMechanisms inPsychopathologyEdited by Dante CicchettiUniversity of Rochester, New York
and Elaine F. WalkerEmory University, Atlanta
This volume highlights the importanceof scientific progress that has beenmade in the understanding of theneurodevelopmental origins ofpsychopathology. The chapters illustratethe interactional processes thatcharacterize the genesis and maturationof the brain. They demonstrate howconstitutional vulnerability to mentaldisorder can arise from the interplay ofmultiple factors, some specific and somenonspecific.
2003 247 x 174 mm 572pp 26 line diagrams 37 tables978 0 521 80225 3 (0 521 80225 3)Hardback £70.00978 0 521 00262 2 (0 521 00262 1)Paperback £26.00
Psychiatric andBehavioural Disordersin DevelopmentalDisabilities and MentalRetardationEdited by Nick BourasUniversity of London
‘There are other postgraduatetextbooks in the speciality which haveappeared in recent years that are wellwritten. However, this probablyprovides the most comprehensiveperspective to date … essentialreading for the well-establishedprofessional who wishes to be broughtup to date, and for the trainee wantingto gain new knowledge in the field.The book should be on the bookshelfof every departmental library.’British Journal of Psychiatry
1999 247 x 174 mm 480pp 15 line diagrams 2 half-tones 25 tables978 0 521 64395 5 (0 521 64395 3)Paperback £45.00
The Recognition andManagement of EarlyPsychosisA Preventive ApproachEdited by Patrick D. McGorryCentre for Young People’s Mental Health,Melbourne
and Henry J. JacksonUniversity of Melbourne
Foreword by Carlo Perris‘This is an excellent, clearly writtentext, liberally interspersed withinformative case studies and cleardiagrams which help to illustrateconceptual issues. I canwholeheartedly recommend it to allmental health professionals workingwith those suffering from severe andenduring mental health problems.’British Journal of Psychiatry
1999 228 x 152 mm 524pp 22 line diagrams 27 tables978 0 521 55383 4 (0 521 55383 0)Hardback £60.00
The ClinicalNeuropsychiatry ofMultiple SclerosisAnthony FeinsteinUniversity of Toronto
Detailed survey of the behavioraldisorders associated with MS, with clearguidelines for diagnosis and treatment.
1999 228 x 152 mm 214pp 11 line diagrams 17 half-tones 16 tables978 0 521 57274 3 (0 521 57274 6)Hardback £55.00
Psychiatry
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
58
CAMDEX-DSDementia Test for people withDown’s SyndromeTony HollandUniversity of Cambridge
Felicia HuppertUniversity of Cambridge
Sarah BallUniversity of Cambridge
Peter TreppnerUniversity of Cambridge
and Karen DoddSurrey Oaklands NHS Trust
2006 978 0 521 54794 9 (0 521 54794 6)PaperbackPublication January 2006
CAMDEX-RThe Revised CambridgeExamination for MentalDisorders of the ElderlySecond editionMartin RothUniversity of Cambridge
Felicia A. HuppertUniversity of Cambridge
C. Q. MountjoySt Andrew’s Hospital, Northampton
and Elizabeth TymHinchingbrooke Hospital, Huntingdon
‘… the instrument of choice whendementia must be diagnosed withconsistency and efficiency’.Neuroradiology
1999 114pp 6 line diagrams 6 half-tones12 colour plates978 0 521 46261 7 (0 521 46261 4)Boxed Set £135.00
Handbook of MentalRetardation andDevelopmentJacob A. BurackMcGill University, Montréal
Robert M. HodappUniversity of California, Los Angeles
and Edward F. ZiglerYale University, Connecticut
This handbook provides acomprehensive guide to understandingmental retardation and development.
1998 228 x 152 mm 782pp 8 line diagrams 12 tables978 0 521 44668 6 (0 521 44668 6)Paperback £25.95
Cambridge Handbookof Psychology, Healthand MedicineEdited by Andrew BaumUniversity of Pittsburgh
Stanton NewmanUniversity College and Middlesex School ofMedicine
John WeinmanUnited Medical and Dental Schools of Guy’s andSt Thomas’s
Robert WestSt George’s Hospital Medical School, Universityof London
and Chris McManusSt Mary’s Hospital Medical School
A unique encyclopaedic handbook inthis expanding field, draws oninternational and interdisciplinaryexpertise.
1997 276 x 219 mm 678pp 30 line diagrams 1 half-tone 43 tables978 0 521 43686 1 (0 521 43686 9)Paperback £60.00
The History of MentalSymptomsDescriptive Psychopathologysince the Nineteenth CenturyGerman E. BerriosUniversity of Cambridge
‘This is a scholarly work with detaileddescriptions giving plenty of clinicalinterest to illustrate the history.Psychiatrists will find it offers freshinsights into their clinical practicewhile historians will welcome thecareful exploration of the subject.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
1996 247 x 174 mm 581pp 12 half-tones978 0 521 43135 4 (0 521 43135 2)Hardback £170.00978 0 521 43736 3 (0 521 43736 9)Paperback £63.00
Adults with AutismA Guide to Theory and PracticeHugh MorganForeword by Geraldine Peacock
1996 228 x 152 mm 312pp 5 line diagrams 14 tables0 521 45070 5 Hardback £90.000 521 45683 5 Paperback £35.00
Autism and AspergerSyndromeEdited by Uta Frith
1991 216 x 138 mm 257pp978 0 521 38608 1 (0 521 38608 X)Paperback £23.99
Treatment-ResistantMood DisordersEdited by Jay D. AmsterdamUniversity of Pennsylvania
Mady HornigUniversity of California, Irvine
and Andrew A. NierenbergHarvard Medical School
This timely book assesses all aspects oftreatment-resistant depression and willbe invaluable to professionals.
2001 247 x 174 mm 552pp 10 half-tones1 colour plate 39 tables 8 graphs13 figures978 0 521 59341 0 (0 521 59341 7)Hardback £75.00
Delusional DisorderParanoia and Related IllnessesAlistair MunroDalhousie University, Nova Scotia
Comprehensive clinically-orientedreview of delusional disorder, includingcase histories and treatment guidelines.
1999 228 x 152 mm 276pp 1 line diagram978 0 521 58180 6 (0 521 58180 X)Hardback £60.00
Disorders of AffectRegulationAlexithymia in Medical andPsychiatric IllnessGraeme J. TaylorUniversity of Toronto
R. Michael BagbyUniversity of Toronto
and James D. A. ParkerTrent University, Peterborough, Ontario
Foreword by James GrotsteinUniversity of California, Los Angeles
An entirely new perspective on howemotions influence mental and physicalhealth. The authors present recentthinking about the development andregulation of emotions, and argue thatmany common illnesses may result fromdysfunction of these processes. Illustratedby clinical vignettes and includingdescriptions of innovative therapeuticapproaches, this book offers both astimulating and practical reference.‘The authors make some excellentsuggestions as to how sometherapeutic approaches can havemeaningful impact on alexithymicpatients … This book is provocativeand thorough … The referencematerials and indexes are excellentwithout being overwhelming.’Journal of the American Medical Association
1999 228 x 152 mm 382pp 3 tables6 figures978 0 521 77850 3 (0 521 77850 6)Paperback £38.00
Psychiatry
59
The Mental HealthMatrixA Manual to Improve ServicesGraham ThornicroftInstitute of Psychiatry, London
and Michele TansellaUniversità degli Studi di Verona
A manual to guide evidence basedreform of mental health services.
1999 228 x 152 mm 314pp 8 line diagrams 57 tables978 0 521 62155 7 (0 521 62155 0)Hardback £75.00
The Anxiety DisordersRussell Noyes, JrUniversity of Iowa
and Rudolf Hoehn-SaricThe Johns Hopkins University
This comprehensive text covers all theanxiety disorders found in the latestDSM and ICD classifications. It providesdetailed information about sevenprincipal disorders, covering diagnosticcriteria, epidemiology, etiology andpathogenesis, clinical features, naturalhistory and differential diagnosis, andtreatment approaches.‘ … the book is clearly written andprovides information on bothbiological and psychological aspects ofa range of anxiety disorders. I wouldrecommend this book to medicalstudents with an interest in psychiatryor to psychology students with aninterest in the medical approach toanxiety disorders.’Behaviour Research and Therapy
1998 228 x 152 mm 353pp 8 line diagrams 36 tables978 0 521 55207 3 (0 521 55207 9)Hardback £65.00
Traumatic Events andMental HealthL. Stephen O’BrienAintree Hospitals NHS Trust, Liverpool
Foreword by J. P. WatsonUnited Medical and Dental Schools of Guy’s andSt Thomas’s, London
A concise yet comprehensive andpractical guide to the study andmanagement of post traumaticresponses.Psychiatry and Medicine
1998 228 x 152 mm 312pp 5 tables978 0 521 57886 8 (0 521 57886 8)Paperback £43.00
Practice Developmentin Mental HealthcareRoland DixStephen Perieraand Colum Clinton
Pragmatic and practical in approach, thisbook was written to meet the need for‘real world’ guidance in practicedevelopment for clinicians and managersto enable them to substantially improvestandards from an economic,educational, practice, and clinical careperspective. It describes the real worldprocess of practice development at thesharp end of acute psychiatry within apsychiatric intensive care unit whichresulted in substantial improvements inpatient, staff and referrer satisfaction.
2006 978 1 841 10149 1 (1 841 10149 4)Paperback £22.50Publication October 2006
A Guide for BeginningPsychotherapistsJoan S. ZaroRoland BarachDeborah Jo Nedelmanand Irwin S. Dreiblatt
1978 210 x 148 mm 256pp0 521 29230 1 Paperback £26.00
JOURNAL
Development andPsychopathologyEditors: Dante CicchettiUniversity of Rochester, Mt. Hope Family Center
and Barry NurcombeVanderbilt University
This multidisciplinary journal is devotedto the publication of original, empirical,theoretical and review papers whichaddress the interrelationship of normaland pathological development in adultsand children. It is intended to serve andintegrate the emerging field ofdevelopmental psychopathology whichstrives to understand patterns ofadaptation and maladaptationthroughout the lifespan. This journal isof interest to psychologists, psychiatrists,social scientists, neuroscientists,paediatricians and researchers.Subscriptions
Volume 17 in 2005: March, June, Septemberand DecemberInstitutions print and electronic: £165/$280Institutions electronic only: £138/$239Institutions print only: £148/$254Individuals print plus electronic: £60/$98American Psychological Society, AmericanPsychological Association, Society for Researchin Child Development: £48/$79Print ISSN 0954-5794Electronic ISSN 1469-2198
JOURNAL
AppliedPsycholinguisticsEditors: Usha GoswamiUniversity of Cambridge
and Martha CragoMcGill University
Applied Psycholinguistics publishesoriginal research papers on thepsychological processes involved inlanguage. It examines languagedevelopment and disorders in adultsand children with and withoutdevelopmental disabilities. Articles inApplied Psycholinguistics address thenature, acquisition, and impairments oflanguage expression andcomprehension, including writing andreading. This journal gathers togetherthe best work from a variety of fieldsincluding linguistics, psychology,reading, education, language learning,sociology, speech and hearing, andneurology. In addition, issues includereviews of important new books,problem-oriented reviews of importantor emergent areas, discussions ofpreviously published papers, andmethodological notes.Subscriptions
Volume 26 in 2005: January, April, July andOctoberInstitutions print and electronic: £147/$236Institutions electronic only: £123/$197Institutions print only: £134/$213Individuals print only: £58/$94American Psychological Society, AmericanPsychological Association, American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, InternationalPragmatics Association: £41/$63Print ISSN 0142-7164Electronic ISSN 1469-1817
Psychiatry
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
60
JOURNAL
Psychological MedicineEditor: E. S. PaykelUniversity of Cambridge
Editor: Kenneth KendlerPsychiatric Genetics Research Program, Virginia
Now in its fourth decade of publication,Psychological Medicine is a leadinginternational journal in the fields ofpsychiatry, related aspects of psychologyand basic sciences. There are twelveissues a year, each featuring originalarticles reporting key research beingundertaken worldwide, together withshorter editorials by distinguishedscholars and an important book reviewsection. The journal’s success is clearlydemonstrated by a consistently highimpact factor.Subscriptions
Volume 35 in 2005: MonthlyInstitutions print and electronic: £398/$670Institutions electronic only: £332/$558Institutions print only: £360/$608Individuals print plus electronic: £180/$300American Psychological Association, AmericanPsychiatric Association, American PsychologicalSociety: £117/$195Print ISSN 0033-2917Electronic ISSN 1469-8978
JOURNAL
Journal of PsychiatricIntensive CareEditor-in-Chief: Roland DixWotton Lawn Hospital, Gloucester
The Journal of Psychiatric Intensive Careis devoted to issues affecting the careand treatment of people with mentaldisorder who manifest severelydisturbed mental or behaviouralfunctioning. It serves the interest of allprofessionals concerned with thesetopics whether they work in PsychiatricIntensive Care Units (PICU’s), LowSecure Unit, Challenging Behaviour,Emergency Psychiatry, IntensiveTreatments or in other parts of thewider mental health system.Subscriptions
Volume 1 in 2005: March and AugustInstitutions print and electronic: £76/$122Institutions electronic only: £72/$115Institutions print only: £74/$118Individuals print only: £28/$45New in 2005Print ISSN 1742-6464Electronic ISSN 1742-2206
Public Health
Air, the Environmentand Public HealthAnthony KesselLondon School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine
An exploration of the theme of air andhealth from ancient civilisations to thepresent day. The author examines thechanging conceptions of air and healthalongside historical developments inpublic health. These historicalantecedents provide an illuminatinginsight into modern air pollutionepidemiology, and climate change.
2005 247 x 174 mm 248pp 3 line diagrams 3 half-tones978 0 521 83146 8 (0 521 83146 6)Hardback c. £45.00Publication September 2005
Global Crises, GlobalSolutionsEdited by Bjorn LomborgAarhus Universitet, Denmark
Leading economists address ten of themost serious challenges facing theworld today: Climate Change,Communicable Diseases, Conflicts,Education, Financial Instability,Corruption, Migration, Malnutrition andHunger, Trade Barriers, Access to Water.World experts evaluate various policyoptions for each problem, stimulatingthe debate on prioritising our responseto global challenges.The Economist selected Global Crises,Global Solutions as one of the bestbooks in 2004
‘A hugely sensible book about globalhealth and environmental problems,based on the ‘Copenhagen Consensus’project documented in The Economist.Its authors, eminent economists,recognise that the resources to tacklesuch problems are finite and need tobe applied where they are most likelyto be effective. Better, for instance, tospend resources on the immediateproblem of AIDS in Africa than themore distant one of global warming.This book is a healthy antidote to thenarrow views of single-issue pressuregroups.’ The Economist
2004 247 x 174 mm 670pp 80 tables60 graphs978 0 521 84446 8 (0 521 84446 0)Hardback £45.00978 0 521 60614 1 (0 521 60614 4)Paperback £19.99
TEXTBOOK
NEW EDITION
Public Health at theCrossroadsAchievements and ProspectsSecond editionRobert BeagleholeWorld Health Organization, Geneva
and Ruth BonitaWorld Health Organization, Geneva
This book is an introduction to publichealth as a discipline and a critique ofits recent development. This extensivelyrevised edition reviews major healthtrends, the current state of the world’shealth, and the latest estimates of theglobal burden of disease. With examplesdrawn widely from rich and poorcountries, the authors argue for aninclusive vision of public health basedon the application in public policy ofimproved epidemiologicalunderstanding of the causes of disease.It will be essential reading for all thosein public health.
• Provides a global perspectiveembracing rich and poor countries
• Extensively up-dated and includesnumerous summary points andreferences
• Provides a critical review of healthtrends worldwide at a time when newchallenges are emergingFrom reviews of the first edition:‘They provide a breadth of view that isdifficult to beat. The book takes a trulyglobal approach to the major publichealth issues of today. This book isclear, well written and interesting.’Medical Journal of Australia
2004 228 x 152 mm 318pp 18 line diagrams 13 tables978 0 521 83291 5 (0 521 83291 8)Hardback £60.00978 0 521 54047 6 (0 521 54047 X)Paperback £29.00
Human Frontiers,Environments andDiseasePast Patterns, Uncertain FuturesTony McMichaelNational Centre for Epidemiology andPopulation Health
This compelling account charts therelentless trajectory of humankindacross time and geography, and itschanging survival patterns, from severalmillion years ago when our ancientancestors roamed the African Savannahto today’s populous, industrialised,globalising world.
Public Health
61
‘This impressive book by an eminentpublic health scientist explores ourmost important relationship: ourinteraction with the environment. It isessential reading for all concernedwith assuring future human health –and our very survival.’Robert Beaglehole, Professor and Head,Department of Community Health, University ofAuckland
2001 247 x 174 mm 430pp 29 line diagrams 4 half-tones 4 tables978 0 521 80311 3 (0 521 80311 X)Hardback £45.00978 0 521 00494 7 (0 521 00494 2)Paperback £20.99
Biomedicine and theHuman ConditionChallenges, Risks and RewardsMichael SargentNational Institute for Medical Research, London
How to avoid disease, how to breedsuccessfully, and how to live to areasonable age are questions that havelong perplexed humankind. This bookexplores our progress in understandingthese challenges, and the risks andrewards of our attempts to findsolutions.
2005 228 x 152 mm 368pp 7 line diagrams 5 tables978 0 521 83366 0 (0 521 83366 3)Hardback £40.00978 0 521 54148 0 (0 521 54148 4)Paperback £18.99
ReproductiveMedicine
Birth, Distress andDiseasePlacenta-Brain InteractionsEdited by Michael L. PowerAmerican College of Obstetricians andGynecologists, Washington DC
and Jay SchulkinAmerican College of Obstetricians andGynecologists, Washington DC
This volume examines the role ofsteroids and peptides in the regulationof pregnancy and pregnancy outcome,and their long-term effects includingpossible influences on adult-onsetdiseases. Perturbations to this regulatorysystem can result in poor pregnancyoutcome. This is a fascinating account ofan important area of materno-fetalmedicine.
2005 247 x 174 mm 260pp978 0 521 83148 2 (0 521 83148 2)Hardback £60.00Publication July 2005
Preterm LabourManaging Risk in ClinicalPracticeEdited by Jane NormanUniversity of Glasgow
and Ian GreerUniversity of Glasgow
This is a practical guide to the optimalclinical management of preterm delivery,using the best available evidence. Thechapters are based on common clinicalscenarios and each provides acomprehensive literature review followedby evidence-based recommendations onappropriate management.
2005 247 x 174 mm 396pp 11 line diagrams 2 half-tones978 0 521 82186 5 (0 521 82186 X)Hardback c. £60.00Publication August 2005
Biology and Pathologyof TrophoblastEdited by Ashley MoffettUniversity of Cambridge
Charlie LokeUniversity of Cambridge
and Anne McLarenCancer Research, UK
This is the first dedicated, in-depthaccount of trophoblast: the tissuederived from the fertilized egg thatnourishes and protects the developingfetus. Disorders of trophoblast duringdevelopment manifest themselves inseveral clinical conditions duringpregnancy, including gestationaltrophoblastic disease and pre-eclampsia.
2005 247 x 174 mm 200pp 20 line diagrams 2 tables978 0 521 85165 7 (0 521 85165 3)Hardback c. £60.00Publication November 2005
Sexual Health acrossthe LifecycleA Practical Guide for CliniciansMargaret NusbaumUniversity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
and Jo Ann RosenfeldThe Johns Hopkins University
This is a practical, positive approach tosexual health promotion for clinicians inprimary care. It presents sexual concernsacross the lifecycle, from childhood to oldage, illuminated throughout by scenariosbased on real life. It is an invaluableresource for all health professionals.
2004 247 x 174 mm 208pp 50 line diagrams 53 tables978 0 521 53421 5 (0 521 53421 6)Paperback £29.00
TestosteroneAction, Deficiency, SubstitutionThird editionEdited by E. NieschlagWestfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster,Germany
and H. M. BehreWestfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster,Germany
Assisted by S. Nieschlag
This is an authoritative, up-to-datereference on testosterone, and its role inhuman physiology and pathology. Itcovers biosynthesis, mechanisms of actionand reviews effects on brain andbehaviour, spermatogenesis, hair growth,bones, muscles, erythropoiesis, thecardiovascular system and lipids, erection,and the prostate. Therapeutic andcontraceptive applications are assessed.‘… I was deeply impressed by thebrilliance of selection and organizationof topics, their authors, technicalformat and clear and instructiveliterary styles, which all result from theexcellent editorial work … The bookcertainly should be considered animportant contribution to understandthe contemporary knowledge abouttestosterone and about androgens ingeneral.’Endocrine Regulations
2004 247 x 174 mm 762pp 120 line diagrams 2 half-tones 22 tables978 0 521 83380 6 (0 521 83380 9)Hardback £75.00
Quality and RiskManagement in theIVF LaboratoryDavid Mortimerand Sharon T. Mortimer
An essential survival-guide for themodern-day IVF clinic – this volumecondenses a wealth of expertise andexperience from the authors introubleshooting and implementingquality management in the IVFlaboratory. Taking a holistic approach to‘prophylactic management’ – preventionrather than cure – the book will bewelcomed by all IVF scientists.
2004 247 x 174 mm 238pp 50 line diagrams 5 half-tones978 0 521 84349 2 (0 521 84349 9)Hardback £45.00
Reproductive Medicine
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
62
Infections, Infertility,and AssistedReproductionKay ElderBourn Hall Clinic, Cambridge
Doris J. BakerUniversity of Kentucky
and Julie A. RibesUniversity of Kentucky
This unique and practical book will beinvaluable in helping to overcome thepotentially hazardous and damagingproblems associated with microbialcontamination and infection in assistedreproduction. Without doubt, this is anessential publication for all IVF and ARTclinics and laboratories.
2004 246 x 189 mm 410pp 10 line diagrams 42 half-tones 8 colour plates 33 tables978 0 521 81910 7 (0 521 81910 5)Hardback £65.00
Micromanipulation inAssisted ConceptionSteven D. FlemingUniversity of Sydney
and Robert S. KingEppendorf Inc.
This practical handbook provides acomprehensive, highly illustrated andup-to-date guide to micromanipulationtechniques in assisted conception in aclinical setting. It includes detailed,illustrated descriptions of all thecommon micromanipulation systemscurrently in use and will be of help toscientists and doctors in ART.
2003 246 x 189 mm 266pp 15 line diagrams 75 half-tones 10 tables978 0 521 64847 9 (0 521 64847 5)Hardback £50.00
Good Clinical Practicein AssistedReproductionEdited by Paul SerhalThe University College London Hospitals
and Caroline OvertonBristol Royal Infirmary
Provides an introduction to good clinicalpractice in the investigation andtreatment of infertility, using the verylatest assisted reproductive technologiesincluding chapters on IVF, GIFT and ZIFTand PGD. With its clinical focus, this willundoubtedly become an essentialintroduction to this field.
2004 247 x 174 mm 364pp 15 line diagrams 62 half-tones 34 tables978 0 521 00091 8 (0 521 00091 2)Paperback £43.00
WHO LaboratoryManual for theExamination of HumanSemen and Sperm-Cervical MucusInteractionFourth editionWorld Health Organisation‘This is a handy little techniques bookfor the andrology-spermatologylaboratory. Methods for spermevaluation and mucus systems toenable equation between laboratories/technicians are included … the WHOhave provided an updated methodsbook readily sought by thoseinterested in sperm and theirmorphology and function.’Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology
1999 246 x 189 mm 138pp 8 line diagrams 3 half-tones 4 colour plates12 tables978 0 521 64599 7 (0 521 64599 9)Paperback £33.00
Assisted ReproductiveTechnologyAccomplishments and NewHorizonsEdited by Christopher J. De JongeUniversity of Minnesota
and Christopher L. R. BarrattBirmingham Women’s Hospital
This insightful and thought-provokingcompilation describes the rapidadvances that have revolutionisedreproductive medicine and looks aheadat exciting new prospects for the futurethat stand at the watershed betweenbasic science and clinical application.‘The editors have done an excellent jobof producing a topical andauthoritative work that issimultaneously a joy to read ….’Journal of Andrology
2002 246 x 189 mm 446pp 20 line diagrams 20 half-tones 20 tables978 0 521 80121 8 (0 521 80121 4)Hardback £85.00
Biology and Pathologyof the OocyteIts Role in Fertility andReproductive MedicineEdited by Alan O. TrounsonMonash University, Victoria
and Roger G. GosdenEastern Virginia Medical School
The human oocyte or egg is the rarestand most rapidly ageing cell in thebody, and yet one that is essential forfertility. This book is about thedevelopment and pathology of the
oocyte, and new technologies tomanipulate, enhance, and controlfertility.‘… possibly the definitive work on theoocyte in 350 pages illustrated by afurther 12 pages of colour figures …this book is thus not only essentialreading for all scientists and cliniciansinvolved with infertility, it has a widerappeal to all specialists in reproductivemedicine, animal breeding and evenfetal development.’Fertility & Sterility
2003 247 x 174 mm 362pp 44 line diagrams 27 half-tones 13 colour plates 10 tables978 0 521 79958 4 (0 521 79958 9)Hardback £70.00
In Vitro FertilizationSecond editionKay ElderBourn Hall Clinic, Cambridge
and Brian DaleCentre for Reproductive Biology, Naples
This comprehensively updated andsubstantially expanded new editionbuilds on its successful and popularpredecessor, whilst retaining thepractical features which made the firstedition such an essential guide to IVF.This new edition distils a wealth ofpractical and scientific detail for thebenefit of all IVF practitioners.‘… an excellent handbook for good IVFlaboratory practice right down to adescription of total qualitymanagement (TQM) systems …concise, well written and should bemandatory reading for all potentialand actual embryologists, as well asfor those clinicians seeking a widerunderstanding of the subject.’Human Fertility
2000 247 x 174 mm 322pp 24 line diagrams 18 half-tones 6 tables978 0 521 77863 3 (0 521 77863 8)Paperback £40.00
Interpretation ofSemen Analysis ResultsA Practical GuideRajasingam S. JeyendranNorthwestern University Medical School, Illinois
A structured guide, illustrated with casehistories, to the interpretation of semenanalysis.
2000 246 x 189 mm 112pp978 0 521 79957 7 (0 521 79957 0)Paperback £33.00
Reproductive Medicine
63
Sperm Collection andProcessing MethodsA Practical GuideEdited by Rajasingam S. JeyendranNorthwestern University Medical School, Illinois
Demonstrates the success of theseprocedures to help overcome evensevere infertility.
2003 246 x 189 mm 170pp 3 line diagrams 14 half-tones 20 colour plates978 0 521 52417 9 (0 521 52417 2)Paperback £40.00
Cambridge Guide toInfertility Management andAssisted ReproductionGodwin I. MeniruForeword by Alvin Langer
2001 247 x 174 mm 290pp 85 line diagrams 36 half-tones 6 tables0 521 01071 3 Paperback £43.00
WHO Manual for theStandardizedInvestigation,Diagnosis andManagement of theInfertile MalePatrick J. RoweWorld Health Organization, Geneva
Frank H. ComhaireUniversiteit Gent, Belgium
Timothy B. HargreaveUniversity of Edinburgh
and Ahmed M. A. MahmoudUniversiteit Gent, Belgium
‘The manual is a must for clinicalandrologists of the future, be they asubspecialty trainee, a specialistregistrar (in gynaecology, urology orendocrinology) or a specialist infertilitynurse practitioner.’Human Fertility
2000 246 x 189 mm 102pp 4 line diagrams 5 half-tones 6 tables978 0 521 77474 1 (0 521 77474 8)Paperback £33.00
A Handbook ofIntrauterineInseminationEdited by Godwin I. MeniruJerudong Park Medical Centre, Brunei
Peter R. BrinsdenBourn Hall Clinic, Bourn, Cambridge
and Ian L. CraftLondon Gynaecology and Fertility Centre
‘I have no doubt that this book will beuseful to clinicians interested in usingintrauterine insemination (IUI) forinfertility management.’Marsden Wagner, The Lancet
1997 247 x 174 mm 261pp 38 line diagrams 55 half-tones 22 tables978 0 521 58676 4 (0 521 58676 3)Paperback £43.00
JOURNAL
ZygoteThe Biology of Gametes andEarly EmbryosEditor-in-Chief: Brian DaleCentre for Reproductive Biology, Clinica Villa delSole, Napoli
Editors: Jacques CohenSaint Barnabas Medical Center
and Nori SatohKyoto University
Zygote publishes original, high-qualitypapers, short communications, topicalreview articles and a Forum section,where controversial topics arediscussed. Studies on plants,invertebrates, lower vertebrates,mammals and humans at the molecularand cellular levels are published, leadingto a unique multidisciplinarypublication. Topics includegametogenesis, sperm-egg interaction,activation of gametes, polarity inoocytes and zygotes, cell-cycle control,cleavage, cell-cell interactions, and thegeneration of early cell lineages.Subscriptions
Volume 13 in 2005: February, May, Augustand NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £202/$335Institutions electronic only: £170/$282Institutions print only: £178/$296Alpha: £98/$156Print ISSN 0967-1994Electronic ISSN 1469-8730
RespiratoryMedicine
Drugs for theTreatment ofRespiratory DiseasesEdited by Domenico SpinaKing’s College London
Clive P. PageKing’s College London
William J. MetzgerNational Jewish Medical and Research Centre,Denver
and Brian J. O’ConnorKing’s College London
This timely reference surveys andevaluates the drug treatments availablefor the main lung diseases includingasthma, tuberculosis, chronic obstructivepulmonary disease, lung cancer, andrespiratory infections. The recent re-emergence of tuberculosis and theincrease in cases of asthma underlinesthe importance of finding effective newtreatments for these diseases.
‘… this book will become an essentialsource of reference for respiratoryclinicians and clinical pharmacologists… clearly written and produced andusually well illustrated.’Pharmaceutical Journal
2003 246 x 189 mm 612pp 43 line diagrams 65 half-tones 15 colour plates 57 tables978 0 521 77321 8 (0 521 77321 0)Hardback £100.00
Exercise Testing andInterpretationA Practical ApproachChristopher B. CooperUniversity of California, Los Angeles
and Thomas W. StorerEl Camino Community College, Los Angeles
A clearly illustrated and practicalapproach to the acquisition,interpretation, and reporting ofphysiologic responses to exercise.Clinical cases help to reinforce the text,and useful appendices providealgorithms, calculations and answers tofrequently asked questions. A glossary ofterms, symbols and definitions is alsoincluded.‘Would it quell the anxiety I usuallyexperience when faced with anexercise test report? The answer is a… yes. The book takes the readersteadily through the indications forexercise testing, technical aspects oftheir conduct and the maintenance ofexercise testing equipment.’Chronic Respiratory Disease Journal
2001 246 x 189 mm 290pp 92 line diagrams 7 half-tones 67 tables978 0 521 64842 4 (0 521 64842 4)Paperback £38.00
Nitric Oxide in Boneand Joint DiseaseEdited by Mika V. J. HukkanenUniversity of Helsinki
Julia M. PolakImperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
and Sean P. F. HughesImperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
This book is the first to draw togethercurrent knowledge on the role of nitricoxide in such common diseases asarthritis and osteoporosis.Postgraduate Medical Science
1998 247 x 174 mm 206pp 20 line diagrams 5 half-tones 7 tables978 0 521 59220 8 (0 521 59220 8)Hardback £70.00
Respiratory Medicine
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
64
Surgery
Clinical Scenarios inSurgeryAljafri MajidUniversiti Malaya
Clinical Scenarios in Surgery gatherstogether a number of classic surgicalproblems in a concise and standardisedformat and offers a framework onwhich to base the teaching and practiceof intensive care. Whilst principallyaimed at postgraduate surgeons intraining, this book should also appeal totutors and candidates involved inundergraduate examinations in surgery.
2006 978 1 841 10095 1 (1 841 10095 1)Paperback £22.50Publication October 2006
Applied SurgicalAnatomy VivasJustin Flatt
This is the latest in a series of booksaimed at the MRCS viva, and followsthe same successful format as thehugely popular General PathologyVivas, Surgical Critical Care Vivas andApplied Surgical Physiology Vivas. Itprovides MRCS candidates with ameans of practising some of the mostcommon questions.
2006 186 x 123 mm 208pp 30 line diagrams978 1 841 10202 3 (1 841 10202 4)Paperback £22.99
Practical Procedures inTrauma SurgeryPeter Giannoudisand Hans-Christian Pape
This book covers the trauma proceduresthat a trainee is expected to be able toperform during his basic surgicaltraining in trauma and orthopaedics. Itis designed as an operative atlas of themost common fracture fixationprocedures and concisely butcomprehensively summarises all aspectsof each surgical procedure.
2005 246 x 189 mm 300pp 150 line diagrams978 1 841 10203 0 (1 841 10203 2)Paperback £40.00Publication October 2005
The Mechanisms ofVascular Disease: ATextbook for VascularSurgeonsEdited by Matt M. ThompsonSt George’s Hospital, London, UK
and Robert A. FitridgeUniversity of Adelaide
In recent years, vascular surgery hasemerged as a surgical discipline in itsown right, as opposed to a sub-specialty of general surgery. This textaims to provide an up-to-date guideboth to the mechanisms of vasculardisease and to the current treatmentoptions available to the vascularsurgeon.
2006 246 x 189 mm 350pp 200 line diagrams978 1 841 10174 3 (1 841 10174 5)Hardback £65.00
Practical Orthopaedicsfor Junior SurgeonsChris Servant
Orthopaedic surgery and broader detailsof patient care and management can befound in any number of textbooks onthe subject. This affordable text bringstogether the essentials of orthopaedicsfor surgeons in training, with a practicalemphasis and a simple design, clear linediagrams and explanations of keytechniques.
2005 234 x 156 mm 160pp 50 line diagrams978 1 841 10173 6 (1 841 10173 7)Paperback £22.99Publication October 2005
Principles of SurgeryVivasDattani
An understanding of the principles ofsurgical practice is a key aspect ofmedical/surgical training, and vivaexaminations remain a source of anxietyfor many candidates. Principles ofSurgery Vivas follows the same formatas the popular General Pathology Vivas,Surgical Critical Care Vivas and AppliedSurgical Physiology Vivas.
2006 186 x 123 mm 192pp 15 line diagrams978 1 841 10211 5 (1 841 10211 3)Paperback £24.99
Viva Tutorials forSurgeons in TrainingEdited by Reuben JohnsonUniversity of Oxford
Wendy AdamsJonathan BullJonathan EpsteinAnant Krishnanand Leon Menezes
This book is designed specifically forcandidates preparing for the MRCS Vivaexamination. The format of the examhas been used in the book’s structure,with over 1000 questions to illustratethe key points of over 200 topics.
2004 234 x 156 mm 272pp 4 line diagrams 3 half-tones978 1 841 10215 3 (1 841 10215 6)Paperback £30.00
Surgical Anatomy ofthe HeartThird editionBenson R. WilcoxUNC Hospitals, Chapel Hill
Andrew C. CookUniversity College London
and Robert H. AndersonUniversity College London
This is the latest edition of what hasbecome a classic textbook on cardiacanatomy. The new edition will be ofinterest not only to the surgeon, butalso to the cardiologist,anaesthesiologist and surgicalpathologist. Topics covered include thenormal surgical anatomy of the cardiacchambers, heart valves, and the systemfor circulation and conduction withinthe heart. It provides the essentialanatomical knowledge required toassess and interpret the malformations,lesions, abnormalities, and positionalanomalies discussed and illustrated indetail. Full colour photographsaccompany almost all anatomicaldescriptions
• First two editions extremely wellreviewed
• Written by two of the world’s leadingexperts in cardiac anatomy
• Superbly illustrated throughout withfully labelled colour photographs andcolour line illustrations
2005 276 x 219 mm 328pp978 1 841 10028 9 (1 841 10028 5)Hardback £135.00
Surgery
65
Plastic SurgeryFactsSecond editionChristopher StoneRoyal Devon and Exeter Hospital
This text has been designed specificallyto help senior plastic surgery trainees toprepare for and pass their postgraduateexaminations in plastic surgery. Inaddition to the numerous featureswhich made the first edition such apopular revision and summary, thesecond edition has been extensively up-dated.‘The format of this book makes easyreading. It is highly recommended forany practitioner who specializes inplastic surgery and may be involved inteaching, or for any practitionercommencing a clinical placementwithin a plastics operating theatre andseeking detailed information.’British Journal of Perioperative Nursing
2006 978 0 521 67449 2 (0 521 67449 2)Paperback £39.50
Case Presentations inPlastic SurgeryChristopher Stone
This book builds on the success ofPlastic Surgery: Facts by the sameauthor. Based on a series of over 100high quality photographs of ‘classic’cases, with concise accompanying text ,the book provides an introduction toplastic surgery for medicalundergraduates, as well as being avaluable revision aid.
2004 234 x 156 mm 216pp978 1 841 10137 8 (1 841 10137 0)Paperback £24.99
The Closed Treatmentof Common FracturesFourth editionJohn Charnley
This core textbook describes theelementary mechanics of reduction andimmobilisation and shows how thecommonest injuries can be managed byproven methods based on these generalprinciples. It is a must for anyoneembarking on a career in orthopaedicsand is a classic text for orthopaedictrainees and consultants.
2003 246 x 189 mm 288pp978 1 841 10168 2 (1 841 10168 0)Paperback £22.99
Surgical Critical CareVivasMazyar KananiBritish Heart Foundation
This book follows the format of theGeneral Pathology Vivas and givescandidates a means of practising someof the most common questions thatthey will be asked in their vivaexaminations. This book will help thereader to broaden their knowledge baseand gain confidence in theirexamination technique.
2002 186 x 123 mm 246pp 6 line diagrams978 1 841 10131 6 (1 841 10131 1)Paperback £19.99
Advanced ExaminationTechniques inOrthopaedicsEdited by Nick HarrisEdited in association with DavidStanleyForeword by Bernard F. Morrey
This book covers clinical examination inorthopaedics at an advanced level. Itadopts a systemic approach, takingeach region in turn, and uses bulletpoints, key information tables,algorithms, summary boxes and clearphotographs or line drawings to presentinformation in an easy-to-read way.
2002 246 x 189 mm 150 half-tones978 1 841 10073 9 (1 841 10073 0)Hardback £38.00
Extended MatchingQuestions for theMRCSSunil Auplishand M. K. Hossain-Ibrahim
Practising examination techniques is anessential component of postgraduatemedical training. Whilst certain types ofexaminations, such as MCQs, arealready well catered for by manypublications, examples of extendedmatching questions (EMQs), are notwidely available. This book is the first ofits kind.
2001 234 x 156 mm 248pp978 1 841 10062 3 (1 841 10062 5)Paperback £23.99
Surgical Critical CareRobert U. AshfordSouth Trent Deanery
and T. Neal EvansOxford Deanery
Surgical Critical Care has been co-authored by a surgeon and ananaesthetist, and encompasses allaspects of critical care that areimportant to surgeons, includingindications, therapies, drugs, specificconditions and post-operativecomplications. Each chapter adopts astandardised format for ease of quickreference.
2001 234 x 156 mm 256pp 40 line diagrams978 1 841 10066 1 (1 841 10066 8)Paperback £23.99
QBase SurgeryVolume 2: MCQs in Basic Science forSurgeonsJames Greenand Saj Wajed
Basic science subjects such as anatomyand applied physiology often presentsurgeons in training with their mostdifficult challenge in an MCQexamination situation. This book andCD-ROM package provides 250 MCQs,covering all aspects of basic sciencethat the trainee surgeon will be askedabout in their examinations.QBase
2006 234 x 156 mm 160pp978 1 841 10124 8 (1 841 10124 9)Paperback £23.99
Surgery MCQs andEMQsR. W. ParksUniversity of Edinburgh
and T. DiamondMater Hospital, Belfast
Surgery MCQs and Vivas is designed asa companion to Fundamentals ofSurgical Practice, by Aljafri Majid andAndrew Kingsnorth, and is split into twomain sections; multiple choice questionsand viva topics, reflecting the structureof two of the key components of manypostgraduate surgical examinationsworldwide.
2003 234 x 156 mm 172pp978 1 841 10186 6 (1 841 10186 9)Paperback £19.99
Surgery
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
66
QBase SurgeryVolume 1: MCQs for the MRCSJ. S. A. GreenNorth Thames Deanery
and S. A. WajedUniversity of Southern California
Not only does this book allow thereader practice the set exams, but theCD-ROM will mark these exams, allowthe reader to customize exams to focusin on areas requiring further revision,shuffle the stems to set an inexhaustiblenumber of different papers, and adviseon examination strategy.QBase
2001 234 x 156 mm 112pp978 1 900 15137 5 (1 900 15137 5)Mixed Media £23.99
Medical Managementof the Surgical PatientFourth editionEdited by Michael F. LubinEmory University, Atlanta
H. Kenneth WalkerEmory University, Atlanta
and Robert B. SmithEmory University, Atlanta
This comprehensively revised textbookprovides an authoritative account of allaspects of perioperative care for surgicalpatients. All areas of medical disease arediscussed with clear recommendations forwork up and management in theperioperative period. It will serve as asignificant work of reference for internists,anesthesiologists and surgeons.
2006 276 x 219 mm 700pp978 0 521 82800 0 (0 521 82800 7)Hardback c. £120.00Publication May 2006
JOURNAL
Cardiology in theYoungEditor-in-Chief: Robert AndersonUniversity College London
Executive Editor: Edward BakerGuy’s Hospital, London
Cardiology in the Young is devoted tocardiovascular issues affecting theyoung and the older patient with thesequels of heart disease acquired inchildhood. The journal serves theinterests of all professionals concernedwith these topics.
All aspects of paediatric cardiology arecovered within the journal. The contentincludes original articles, brief reports,editorials and continuing medicaleducation papers. High quality colourfigures are published on a regular basisand occasional supplements arepublished and supplied free tosubscribersSubscriptions
Volume 15 in 2005: January, March, May, July,September and NovemberInstitutions print and electronic: £384/$622Institutions electronic only: £365/$590Institutions print only: £380/$612Individuals print plus electronic: £230/$372New in 2005Print ISSN 1047-9511Electronic ISSN 1467-1107
Transplantation
Lung TransplantationEdited by Nicholas R. BannerRoyal Brompton and Harefield NHS Trust,Imperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
Julia M. PolakImperial College of Science, Technology andMedicine, London
and Magdi H. YacoubUniversity of London
This book provides a detailed account ofthe principles and practice ofcontemporary lung transplantation. Itcovers pulmonary vascular andparenchymal lung disease, whichnecessitate transplantation, togetherwith all aspects of the multidisciplinarymanagement of lung transplantpatients, and concludes by looking atfuture treatments for advancedrespiratory failure.‘The authors gently guide you into thetopic with a potted historical overviewand then reacquaint you with basicimmunology in a way that you wish
you had been taught as anundergraduate … In all the book was apleasure to review. It answered many aburning question.’Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine
2003 276 x 219 mm 428pp 16 line diagrams 90 half-tones 31 tables978 0 521 65111 0 (0 521 65111 5)Hardback £110.00
The Transplant PatientBiological, Psychiatric and EthicalIssues in Organ TransplantationEdited by Paula T. TrzepaczEli Lilly and Company, Indianapolis anduniversity of Mississippi Medical Center
and Andrea F. DiMartiniUniversity of Pittsburgh
‘ … this book is a convenient,comprehensive, accessible presentationof many societal and psychologicalissues affecting the practice of organtransplantation … it will interest alltransplantation-team members.’The New England Journal of Medicine
2000 228 x 152 mm 324pp 1 half-tone20 tables 2 graphs 12 figures978 0 521 55354 4 (0 521 55354 7)Hardback £60.00
Liver Transplantationand the AlcoholicPatientMedical, Surgical andPsychosocial IssuesMichael R. LuceyUniversity of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Robert M. MerionUniversity of Michigan
and Thomas P. BeresfordUniversity of Colorado
‘This is an interesting and succinctmonograph which will be of particularvalue to those whose work regularlybrings them into contact withdecisions about transplantation.’Frank Margison, Psychiatric Bulletin.
1994 228 x 152 mm 144pp 20 line diagrams 2 half-tones 21 tables978 0 521 43332 7 (0 521 43332 0)Hardback £45.00
Transplantation
67
AA-Z of Emergency Radiology .....................30A-Z of Neurological Practice, The...............35Abdominal Ultrasound ..............................32Abdool Karim, Quarraisha .........................19Abdool Karim, Salim .................................19Abu-Arafeh, Ishaq.....................................24Academic Health Center, The.....................13Acute and Transient Psychoses ..................49Adams, Wendy..........................................64Adolescent Substance Abuse.....................46Adults with Autism ...................................58Advanced Examination Techniques in
Orthopaedics .........................................65Ageing & Society ......................................14Agich, George...........................................14Ahronheim, Judith C. ................................14Ahuja, A. T. ...............................................30Aicardi, Jean .......................................22, 37AIDS and HIV in Perspective......................19Air, the Environment and Public Health .....60Al-Khaffaf, Haytham..................................42Alberman, Eva ..........................................21Aldington, D. S............................................5Alison, Malcolm........................................18Alloimmune Disorders of Pregnancy ..........43Alpert, Martin A..........................................2Alvarez, Adrian O. .......................................2Ames, David .............................................15Amsterdam, Jay D. ....................................58Anaesthesia for Minimally Invasive Surgery ...2Anaesthesia for the High Risk Patient..........3Anaesthesia from First Principles.................1Anaesthesia OSCE ......................................5Anaesthesia Science Viva Book, The ............3Anaesthesia Viva, The .................................4Anaesthetic Aide Memoire ..........................1Anaesthetic Equipment ...............................1Andermann, Frederick ...............................37Anderson, Robert......................................66Anderson, Robert H. .................................64Andrews, Gavin ........................................52Antiepileptic Drugs ...................................37Antisocial Behavior by Young People .........48Anxiety Disorders in Children and
Adolescents ...........................................48Anxiety Disorders, The ...............................59Apoptosis in Health and Disease ...............11Applied Longitudinal Data Analysis for
Epidemiology ...........................................9Applied Psycholinguistics ..........................59Applied Radiological Anatomy...................31Applied Surgical Anatomy Vivas ................64Apter, Alan................................................46Arciniegas, David B. ..................................56Arme, C. ...................................................10Armstrong-Coster, Angela .........................18Arrowsmith, Joseph E. ................................5Arthurs, G. ..................................................5Arthurs, Graham .........................................4Asbury, Arthur K. ......................................36Ashcroft, Richard ......................................25Ashford, Robert ..........................................7Ashford, Robert U. ....................................65Assisted Reproductive Technology .............62Atkinson, Kerry .........................................17Atlas of Musculoskeletal Ultrasound
Anatomy................................................32Atlas of Neonatal Brain Sonography, An....24Auplish, Sunil............................................65Autism and Asperger Syndrome ................58Avery, Lisa M. ...........................................21Ayliffe, Graham A. J...................................19
BBacterial Invasion of Host Cells .................19Bacterial Protein Toxins .............................20Bagby, R. Michael .....................................58Bain, Chris ..................................................9Bain, Christopher James..............................8Baker, Doris J. ...........................................62
Baker, Edward...........................................66Baker, William F.........................................15Baldwin, Timothy J. ...................................28Balen, Adam H..........................................43Ball, Sarah ................................................58Banerjee, Arpan K. ....................................33Banerjee, Ashis..........................................12Banner, Nicholas R. ...................................66Banta, John V. ...........................................21Barach, Roland..........................................59Barile, David .............................................14Barker, Julian M. .....................................3, 4Barker, Peter B...........................................30Barker, Roger A. ........................................35Barnes, Michael P. .........................34, 37, 38Barratt, Christopher L. R............................62Barrett, Robert John..................................53Barrow, G. I. .............................................34Barth, Peter G. ..........................................23Bates, Jane ...............................................32Baum, Andrew..........................................58Baxter, Peter .................................24, 25, 49Bax, Martin...............................................24Beaglehole, Robert....................................60Beal, Flint .................................................35Beck, Aaron T. ...........................................53Beckett, Alexandra ....................................55Beer, Dominic............................................55Behavior and Mood Disorders in
Focal Brain Lesions ................................57Behavioural Phenotypes in Clinical Practice..24Behre, H. M. .............................................61Bellamy, Richard .......................................20Benitz, William E.......................................40Beresford, Thomas P. ...........................56, 66Berrios, German E. ..............................56, 58Best of Five Clinical Scenarios for
the MRCP..............................................12Beumont, Pierre J. V. .................................51Bick, Rodger L. .........................................15Biofilms ....................................................20Biological Basis of Cancer, The ..................18Biology and Pathology of the Oocyte.........62Biology and Pathology of Trophoblast........61Biology of the Autistic Syndromes, The ......23Biomarkers of Disease...............................43Biomedicine and the Human Condition .....61Bioterrorism..............................................49Bipolar Disorders ......................................49Birmingham, C. Laird ................................51Birth, Distress and Disease ........................61Bishop, Gillian.............................................7Blair, Eve...................................................21Blunt, Mark ................................................4Bobath, Carol ...........................................24Bocking, Alan D. .......................................40Bodenham, Andrew R. ................................6Bogousslavsky, Julien ....................34, 36, 57Boniface, Simon ........................................37Bonita, Ruth .............................................60Bos, Arend F..............................................20Bouras, Nick .............................................57Bourgeois, Blaise ......................................37Boutros, Nashaat ......................................54Bradley, Mike ............................................32Brain and Behavior, The.............................54Brazelton, T. Berry .....................................24Breast Ultrasound: The Essentials ..............32Breitbart, William ......................................29Brenner, Malcom K. ..................................17Bricker, Simon .........................................3, 4Brinsden, Peter R. .....................................63British Journal of Anaesthetic and
Recovery Nursing .....................................3Brock, Dan W............................................26Brodsky, Jay B. ............................................2Brouillette, Marie Josée.............................55Brown, Keith.............................................22Brudney, C. S. .............................................2Bruera, Eduardo........................................17Bruera, MD, Eduardo D. ............................17Bryan, Angella ............................................1
Buchanan, Allen........................................26Bull, Jonathan...........................................64Bull, Matthew J.........................................31Bunn, H. Franklin ......................................17Burack, Jacob A. .......................................58Burke, David .............................................34Burniat, Walter..........................................45Burns, Lawton Robert ...............................13Business of Healthcare Innovation, The......13Busuttil, Anthony ......................................28Butler, Michele..........................................41Butler, Paul ...............................................31Butt, W. Paul.............................................26Buxton, R. B..............................................31Buxton, Richard B. ....................................31Byard, Roger W. ........................................44
CCalder, Ian ..................................................6Cambridge Guide to Infertility Management
and Assisted Reproduction .....................63Cambridge Handbook of Psychology,
Health and Medicine..............................58Cambridge Illustrated History of Medicine,
The........................................................13Cambridge Medical Ethics Workbook, The ..26Cambridge Quarterly of Healthcare Ethics ..29Cambridge Textbook of Accident and
Emergency Medicine ................................8CAMDEX-DS.............................................58CAMDEX-R...............................................58Cancer Chemotherapy: A Practical
Manual for Nurses .................................41Cancer Pain ..............................................17Cannon, Mary...........................................53Caplan, Louis............................................36Caplan, Louis R.........................................36Capnography: Clinical Aspects.....................1Cardiology in the Young............................66Carroll-Few, Lesley ....................................24Casati, Andrea ............................................2Case Analysis in Clinical Ethics ..................25Case Presentations in Plastic Surgery ........65Case Studies in Geriatric Medicine ............14Case Studies in Prostate Cancer................44Cases in Medical Ethics and Law...............25Cashman, J. N.............................................1Cassetta, Donna .......................................29Castle, David ............................................51Castle, David J. .........................................53Catatonia .................................................52Central Nervous System Tumours of
Childhood..............................................22Cerebellum and its Disorders, The..............38Cerebral Palsies ........................................21Cerebrovascular Ultrasound ......................38Cerry, Pam ................................................32Challenging Behaviour ..............................54Champlin, Richard ....................................17Chan, O. ...................................................32Charnley, John ..........................................65Cheah, Foong-Koon ..................................30Chelly, Jaques .............................................2Child and Adolescent Obesity....................45Childhood Epilepsy ...................................37Childhood Headache.................................24Childhood Leukemias................................16Chochinov, Harvey Max.............................29Chrispin, Pamela .........................................1Cicchetti, Dante ..................................57, 59Cioni, Giovanni .........................................20Circles of Recovery....................................51Circuitry of the Human Spinal Cord, The ....34Citron, Kenneth.........................................55Clark, David..............................................54Clark, David A...........................................53Clarke, Joe T. R..........................................44Clarke, Stephanie ......................................35Clinical Anaesthesia Viva Book, The.............3Clinical Bone Marrow and Blood Stem
Cell Transplantation ...............................17
Author and Title Index
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
68
Clinical Guide to Inherited MetabolicDiseases, A ............................................44
Clinical Guide to Sleep Disorders in Children and Adolescents, A...................48
Clinical Intensive Care and Acute Medicine ..7Clinical Management of Craniosynostosis,
The........................................................23Clinical MR Neuroimaging ........................30Clinical Neuropsychiatry of Multiple
Sclerosis, The..........................................57Clinical Operating Department Practice .......7Clinical Physiology ....................................12Clinical Scenarios in Surgery......................64Clinician's Handbook of Child and
Adolescent Psychiatry, A.........................46Clinton, Colum..........................................59Closed Treatment of Common Fractures,
The........................................................65Clyburn, Paul ..............................................6Cockerill, Helen.........................................24Cognitive and Behavioural Disturbances of
Epileptic Origin in Children.....................22Cognitive Behaviour Therapy for Children
and Families ..........................................46Cognitive Neurorehabilitation ...................38Cognitive Therapy across the Lifespan .......53Cohen, Jacques.........................................63Cohen, Leonardo ......................................35Colditz, Graham..........................................9Coldman, Andrew J. ..................................18Cole, Tim J. ...............................................45Coleman, Mary .........................................23Collis, Rachel ..............................................6Collis, Rachel E. ..........................................2Color Atlas of Emergency Trauma ................7Comhaire, Frank H. ...................................63Common Breast Lesions............................16Communicating without Speech................24Communication in Medical Care ...............13Community Rehabilitation in Neurology ....37Community Treatment of Drug Misuse.......51Concise Anatomy for Anaesthesia ...............3Concise Paediatrics ...................................46Conduct Disorders in Childhood and
Adolescence ..........................................47Cone, Andrew.............................................4Congenital and Perinatal Infections ...........20Cook, Andrew C........................................64Cook, Christopher C. H. ............................51Cooley, W. Carl .........................................45Cooper, Christopher B. ..............................63Core Cases in Obstetric Anaesthesia ...........6Core Topics in Airway Management.............6Core Topics in Cardiac Anaesthesia .............5Core Topics in Pain .....................................6Core Topics in Perioperative Medicine..........6Cost-Value Analysis in Health Care............28Coulam, Carolyn B. ...................................15Courtenay, Molly.................................41, 42Cowan and Steel's Manual for the
Identification of Medical Bacteria ...........34Cowan, George S. M...................................2Craft, Ian L. ..............................................63Crago, Martha ..........................................59Crawford, Richard.....................................51Creamer, Mark ..........................................52Creighton, Sarah M...................................43Crimlisk, Helen..........................................48Crino, Rocco .............................................52Crouch, Robert .........................................42Crown, June .............................................41Crozier, Thomas...........................................3Crozier, Thomas Allen ..................................2Cummings, Jeffrey L. .................................57Curatolo, Paolo .........................................23Curran, Ian .................................................1Current Issues in Nurse Prescribing ...........41Cytometric Analysis of Cell Phenotype
and Function .........................................18
DDalal, Priti...................................................6Dale, Brian..........................................62, 63Damani, N. N. ...........................................19Damiano, Diane ........................................21Damjanov, Ivan .........................................18Daniels, Norman .......................................26Dattani .....................................................64Davey, Ann .................................................7David, Anthony .........................................50David, Anthony S. .....................................39Davidson, Richard J...................................28Davies, Melanie C. ....................................43Davis, Stephen ..........................................35Davitt, Christina........................................14de Alarcón, Pedro .....................................15De Jonge, Christopher J.............................62de Kloet, E. R............................................54de Vries, Linda S. ......................................24Dean, Peter...............................................27Debich-Spicer, Diane .................................43Decision Making in Health and Medicine ..10Delusional Disorder...................................58Demers, Lawrence M. ...............................43Demetriades, Demetrios ..............................7Denton, Erika............................................32Deonna, Thierry.........................................22Dependence and Autonomy in Old Age .....14Depressed Child and Adolescent, The ........47Detmer, Don .............................................13Development and Psychopathology ...........59Developmental Disability and Behaviour....23Developmental Medicine and Child
Neurology........................................25, 49Developmental Origins of Health
and Disease...........................................12Diagnostic Ultrasound...............................32Diamond, T. ..............................................65Dicing with Death.....................................10Dickenson, Donna ...............................25, 26Dickenson, Donna L. .................................27Dickson, Robert A. ....................................26Digital Imaging .........................................32DiMartini, Andrea F. ..................................66Dinges, David F. ........................................54Diseases of the Nervous System ................36Diseases of the Nervous System in
Childhood..............................................22Disorders of Affect Regulation...................58Disorders of Brain and Mind .....................39Disorders of Hemoglobin...........................17Disorders of Neuronal Migration ...............23Disorders of Voluntary Muscle ...................36Dix, Roland.........................................59, 60Dixon, Jane.................................................8Dixon, Mark................................................4Dobbs, P. ....................................................5Dobkin, Bruce H........................................34Dodd, Karen .............................................58Dolenska, Sylva...........................................6Dorgan, Sharon.........................................42Doss, Arockia ............................................31Double Standards in Medical Research in
Developing Countries.............................27Douglas, Bob ..............................................8Dreiblatt, Irwin S. ......................................59Driver, Ian ...................................................4Drug Resistance in Cancer ........................18Drugs and Addictive Behaviour .................51Drugs for the Treatment of Respiratory
Diseases ................................................63Dubowitz, Lilly M. S. .................................24Dubowitz, Victor .......................................24Dunaway, David........................................23Duncan, Pamela........................................35Dupont, William D.......................................9Dutcher, MD, Janice P. ...............................17Duxbury, Angela..................................32, 33
EEckersley, Richard .......................................8Eckstein, Sue ............................................25Eddy, David...............................................33Edwards, Griffith .......................................51Egeler, Maarten ........................................16Eggleton, Alison........................................41Einspieler, Christa......................................20Elder, Kay..................................................62Elfituri, K. M. ..............................................5Elfituri, Khaled ............................................4Ellis, Harold.........................................11, 31Elstein, Arthur ...........................................10Embryo and Fetal Pathology......................43Emergency Nursing Care...........................42Emerson, Eric............................................54Emmerson, A. M. ......................................19Endacott, Ruth..........................................42Eng, Philip ................................................30English in Medicine...................................13English, Mary P. ........................................19Epidemiological Studies ..............................9Epidemiology and Culture .........................10Epidemiology and Infection.......................10Epidemiology of Schizophrenia, The...........53Epidurals for Childbirth ...............................2Epilepsy and Movement Disorders.............37Epstein, Jonathan .....................................64Epstein, Richard J......................................33Erdmann, Andreas G. ..................................3Errors, Medicine and the Law....................26Esiri, Margaret M. .....................................35Essential Anesthesia....................................1Essential Epidemiology................................8Essential Evidence-Based Medicine ...........11Essential Nurse Prescribing .......................41Essential Psychopharmacology ..................56Essential Psychopharmacology of
Antipsychotics and Mood Stabilizers.......56Essential Psychopharmacology of
Depression and Bipolar Disorder ............56Essential Psychopharmacology
Teacher's CD-ROM.................................56Essential Psychopharmacology: the
Prescriber's Guide ..................................55Essentials of Airway Management ...............6Essentials of Paediatric Intensive Care .........5Essentials of Pain Management...................5Estlin, Edward...........................................22Ethical Dilemmas in Pediatrics ...................40Ethical Issues in Maternal-Fetal Medicine ..27Ethics and Evidence-Based Medicine .........26Ethics of Medical Research on Humans,
The........................................................27Euliano, T. Y.................................................1European Journal of Anaesthesiology ..........3Euthanasia, Ethics and Public Policy ..........26Evans, D....................................................32Evans, Robert............................................23Evans, T. Neal............................................65Everitt, B. S. ................................................9Evidence-based Psychopharmacology ........55Evrard, Philippe.........................................45Exercise Testing and Interpretation ............63Expert Reviews in Molecular Medicine.......10Extended Matching Questions for
the MRCS ..............................................65
FFaden, Alan I. ...........................................28Falls in Older People .................................14Familial Breast and Ovarian Cancer ...........16Fanelli, Guido .............................................2Feinstein, Anthony ....................................57Feltham, R. K. A. .......................................34Fernandez-Alvarez, Emilio .........................22Ferrari, Fabrizio .........................................20Fetal and Maternal Medicine Review.........41Fetal and Neonatal Brain Injury .................40Fetal Growth and Development.................40
Author and Title Index
69
Fetal Matrix: Evolution, Development and Disease, The ....................................11
Fibbe, Willem E. ........................................17Fields, R. Douglas .....................................39Fighting for Mental Health ........................55Fink, Max .................................................52Finnegan, D. J. ..........................................13Fisch, Michael J.........................................17Fischer, H. B. J. ............................................3Fisher, Marc ..............................................35Fitridge, Robert A......................................64Flatt, Justin ...............................................64Fleming, Steven D. ....................................62Flynn, Kerry L. ...........................................37Forensic Medicine .....................................28Forget, Bernard G. ....................................17Foster, Claire.............................................27Frankel, Lorry ............................................40Frenkel, Eugene P. .....................................15Frishman, Laura J. .....................................39Frith, Uta ..................................................58From Chance to Choice.............................26Fullerton, Carol S. ...............................49, 50Fundamentals of Anaesthesia......................2Fundamentals of Medical Imaging ............31Fundamentals of Operating Department
Practice ...................................................7Fundamentals of Orthopaedics and Trauma..7Fundamentals of Regional Anaesthesia .......3Fuster, Valentin .........................................18
GGage, Fred ................................................35Gage, James R. .........................................21Galambos, Louis .......................................13Ganesan, Vijeya ........................................23Garmel, Gus M. ..........................................7General Pathology Vivas............................44Genes and Insurance ................................27Genetical Research ...................................13Ghandi, Sanjay ...........................................5Ghodse, Hamid .........................................51Giannoudis, Peter......................................64Gilbert-Barness, Enid.................................43Gill, Geoffrey ............................................12Gillard, Jonathan H. ..................................30Gillberg, Christopher .....................23, 46, 50Giller, Henri...............................................48Glasziou, Paul .......................................9, 10Glendinning, Eric H. ..................................13Global Crises, Global Solutions..................60Gluckman, Peter .................................11, 12Goadsby, Peter J. ......................................36Godfrey, Richard .......................................12Goldie, James H. .......................................18Goldman, DM, John M..............................17Goldworth, Amnon ...................................40Good Clinical Practice in Assisted
Reproduction .........................................62Goodman, Kenneth W. ..............................26Goodwin, Frederick ...................................49Goodyer, Ian M. ........................................47Göpfert, Michael.......................................50Gosden, Roger G. .....................................62Goswami, Usha.........................................59Gotay, Carolyn C.......................................16Govaert, Paul ............................................24Grady, Meghan M.....................................55Graham, Philip J........................................46Gravenstein, J. S..........................................1Graves, Martin J. .......................................31Green, J. S. A. ...........................................66Green, James ............................................65Greenberg, Peter L. ...................................15Greer, Ian..................................................61Gresele, Paolo...........................................18Grice, A. S. ..................................................5Griffiths, Matt ...........................................41Griffiths, Matthew.....................................41Griffiths, Paul D.........................................31Griggs, Robert C. ......................................36
Gross Motor Function Measure (GMFM) Self-Instructional Training CD-ROM.........21
Gross Motor Function Measure (GMFM-66and GMFM-88) User's Manual...............21
Grotstein, James .......................................58Grounds, R. M. ...........................................1Guerrini, Renzo.........................................37Guide for Beginning Psychotherapists, A....59Guide to Asperger Syndrome, A.................50Guidi, Susan .............................................43Gupta, Arun................................................6Gustavii, Björn ..........................................12
HHaaland, Kathleen Y. .................................40Hadley, Andrew.........................................43Hagell, Ann...............................................48Haites, Neva E. .........................................16Hall, John ...................................................1Hallett, Mark ............................................37Halliday, Alison W. ....................................34Hammond, E.............................................12Hammond, Edward ...............................4, 12Handbook of Advanced Cancer Care .........17Handbook of Early Childhood Intervention ..45Handbook of ICU Therapy ...........................5Handbook of Intrauterine Insemination, A...63Handbook of Mental Retardation and
Development .........................................58Handbook of Women's Health ..................42Hankey, Graeme........................................34Hanson, Mark ...............................11, 12, 45Harding, Richard .......................................40Hargreave, Timothy B. ...............................63Harmer, Mike ..............................................6Harnett, Adrian .........................................44Harper, Nigel...............................................1Harrington, Richard...................................46Harris, Nick ...............................................65Hart, Hilary ...............................................24Hay, William W..........................................40Hayward, Richard......................................23Hazell, Jonathan W. P. ...............................38Health Economics, Policy and Law.............30Heilig, Steve..............................................29Hematological Complications in
Obstetrics, Pregnancy, and Gynecology...15Hennerici, Michael G.................................38Heritage, John...........................................13Higgs, Douglas R. .....................................17Hill, Jonathan............................................47Hill, S. A......................................................5Hill, W. G. .................................................13Hillman, Ken ...............................................7Hilton-Jones, David ...................................36Hip Disorders in Childhood .......................21Histiocytic Disorders of Children and
Adults....................................................16History of Mental Symptoms, The ..............58History of Surgery, A .................................11HIV and Psychiatry ....................................55HIV/AIDS in South Africa ...........................19Hodapp, Robert M. ...................................58Hodges, John R.........................................56Hodgson, Deborah ....................................51Hodgson, Shirley V. ...................................16Hoehn-Saric, Rudolf ..................................59Hofman, Albert .........................................38Hofmann, Paul B. ......................................28Holcik, Martin ...........................................11Holdcroft, Anita ..........................................6Holland, Tony......................................50, 58Holmes, Erskine J. .....................................30Holmström, Beverly ...................................13Holt, David W............................................43Hooker, Louise ..........................................41Hopkins, Richard.........................................5Hornig, Mady............................................58Hoskins, Peter ...........................................32Hospital Infection: From Miasmas to MRSA..19Hossain-Ibrahim, M. K...............................65
How to Write and Illustrate a Scientific Paper.....................................................12
Howlin, Patricia.........................................47Hsiao, William...........................................30Huang, Zheng Bo......................................14Hudsmith, Jonathan ....................................6Hughes, Sean P. F. .....................................63Hukkanen, Mika V. J. .................................63Human Frontiers, Environments and
Disease..................................................60Human Molecular Biology .........................33Humphreys, Keith......................................51Hunink, Myriam ........................................10Hunt, Beverley J. .......................................34Hunt, Caroline ..........................................52Huppert, Felicia ........................................58Huppert, Felicia A......................................58Hutton, Peter ..............................................5Hyperactivity and Attention Disorders of
Childhood..............................................47
IIllustrated Pathology of the Spleen ............43Imaging in SARS .......................................30Immunological and Infectious Diseases
of the Peripheral Nerves.........................39In Vitro Fertilization...................................62Ince, Colin ..................................................7Ince, Colin S................................................7Independent and Supplementary
Prescribing.............................................41Individual and Community Responses to
Trauma and Disaster ..............................50Infections, Infertility, and Assisted
Reproduction .........................................62Insomnia ..................................................54International Journal of
Neuropsychopharmacology, The .............39International Journal of Technology
Assessment in Health Care.....................28International Psychogeriatrics....................15Interpretation of Semen Analysis Results ...62Interpreting Chest X-Rays .........................30Introduction to Clinical Emergency
Medicine, An............................................7Introduction to Functional Magnetic
Resonance Imaging................................31Introduction to Vascular Biology, An ..........34Investigating Neurological Disease ............38Irwig, Les....................................................9Isaac, John..................................................4
JJackson, Henry J........................................57Jaffe, Michael B. .........................................1Jaggar, Sian ................................................6Jastreboff, Pawel J.....................................38Jenkins, Janis Hunter.................................53Jennett, Bryan...........................................38Jeyendran, Rajasingam S. ....................62, 63Johnson, Garth R. .....................................38Johnson, Reuben ......................................64Johnston, Atholl ........................................43Jones, Barry ..............................................23Jones, Gary ...............................................42Jones, Kerwyn ...........................................44Jones, Matt.................................................1Jones, Peter B. ..........................................53Jones, Robert ..........................................2, 4Jonsson, Egon...........................................28Journal of Biosocial Science ......................14Journal of Child Language ........................49Journal of Diagnostic Radiography and
Imaging .................................................33Journal of Psychiatric Intensive Care..........60Journal of Radiotherapy in Practice ...........33Journal of Social Policy..............................29Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society ....................40Juth, Niklas...............................................27
Author and Title Index
Visit our website at www.cambridge.org
70
KKanani, Mazyar.........................................65Karpati, George ........................................36Katz, Mitchell H. .........................................8Kaufman, Alan S. ......................................47Kaufman, Nadeen L. .................................47Kelly, John J. .............................................39Kelly, Kevin M. ............................................8Kemp, Charles...........................................11Kendler, Kenneth.......................................60Kennedy, James L......................................53Keown, John.............................................26Keshavan, Matcheri S. ...............................53Kessel, Anthony ........................................60Key Facts in Nurse Prescribing...................41Khanna, Monica .......................................30King, Robert A. .........................................46King, Robert S...........................................62Kircher, Tilo ...............................................50Kirkham, Fenella .......................................23Kirkham, Nigel..........................................44Kloss, Jacqueline D....................................54Knapp, Martin...........................................30Kohn, Michael...........................................51Koller, William C........................................14Korneluk, Robert G. ..................................11Kovacs, Gabor...........................................42Krishnan, Anant ........................................64Kulkarni, Jayashri ......................................53Kushner, Thomasine ..................................29Kushner, Thomasine K. ..............................27Kutcher, Stan ............................................47Kyle, MD, Robert A. ...................................17
LLaCasse, Eric C..........................................11Lagercrantz, Hugo.....................................45Lamont, Richard J. ....................................19Lampe, Lisa...............................................52Lane, Mary................................................21Lang, Anthony E. ......................................35Langer, Alvin .............................................63Larner, Andrew J. ......................................35Latov, Norman ..........................................39Lax, Alistair J.............................................20Lee, Virginia M-Y. ......................................35Legal and Ethical Aspects of Anaesthesia,
Critical Care and Perioperative Medicine ..28Legal and Ethical Aspects of Healthcare ....28Legal and Ethical Aspects of Organ
Transplantation ......................................28Lerer, Bernard .....................................39, 55Liddle, Howard A. .....................................46Lieven, Elena ............................................49Lin, Ted...................................................1, 2Liney, Gary................................................30Lipscomb, Joseph ......................................16Lissau, Inge ..............................................45Liver Transplantation and the Alcoholic
Patient...................................................66Living and Dying with Cancer....................18Ljungman, Per...........................................17Lloyd, David..............................................25Loke, Charlie.............................................61Lomborg, Bjorn.........................................60Lord, Stephen R. .......................................14Louhiala, Pekka ........................................25Lowe, David..............................................44Lowis, Stephen..........................................22Lubin, Michael F........................................66Lucassen, Anneke......................................25Lucey, Michael R. ......................................66Ludolph, Albert .........................................35Lung Transplantation.................................66Lyman, Charles E. .....................................33
MMabey, David............................................12MacDougall, Jane .....................................43Macey, Marion G. .....................................18
Macfarlane, Gary J. .....................................9Mackay, Jonathan H....................................5Mackay, T. F. C...........................................13MacKenzie, Alex E.....................................11Macklin, Ruth ...........................................27Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Stroke.....35Maguire, Simon ..........................................4Maguire, Simon L........................................3Mahadevan, S. V..........................................7Mahmoud, Ahmed M. A. ...........................63Majid, Aljafri .........................................7, 64Majkowski, Jerzy.......................................37Maltby, Tony .............................................29Management Mistakes in Healthcare ........28Management of the Motor Disorders of
Children with Cerebral Palsy ..................21Mandavia, Diku P. .......................................7Manicavasagar, Vijaya ...............................52Mansi, Janine............................................16Manto, Mario-Ubaldo ...............................38Manual for Research Ethics Committees....25Manual of Infection Control Procedures ....19Manual of Tropical Pediatrics.....................45Marijuana and Madness ...........................51Marks, Peta ..............................................51Marneros, Andreas....................................49Marshall, E. Jane.......................................51Marteau, Theresa ......................................27Martin, Kevin ............................................32Mascie-Taylor, C. G. N. ..............................14Maskell, Duncan .......................................20Mason, J. K...............................................28Mastroeni, Pietro ......................................20Matta, Basil ................................................6Matta, Basil F..............................................2Mattson, Robert........................................37Mauger, Jeremy...........................................1Maughan, Barbara ....................................47May, Anne ..................................................2Mayer, Dan ...............................................11Mayeux, Richard .......................................38Maynard, Douglas W.................................13Mayston, Margaret ...................................21McArthur, Justin C.....................................36McCall Smith, Alexander ...........................26McCarthy, Desmond A...............................18McCaughey, Brian G. ................................50McConachie, Ian .....................................3, 5McDonald, W. Ian .....................................36McGorry, Patrick D. ...................................57McGrath, John ..........................................53McIndoe, Andrew..................................4, 12McIntyre, James ........................................20McKenna, Peter J. .....................................53McKhann, Guy M......................................36McKinnell, Robert G. .................................18McLaren, Anne..........................................61McLean, S. A. M........................................28McManus, Chris........................................58McMichael, Tony .......................................60MCQ Companion to Applied Radiological
Anatomy................................................31MCQs for the Final FRCA............................4MCQs for the FRCR ..................................30McRobbie, Donald W.................................31Meairs, Stephen P. ....................................38Meara, Jolyon ...........................................14Mechanisms of Vascular Disease: A Text-
book for Vascular Surgeons, The .............64Medical Entomology for Students..............34Medical Harm ...........................................28Medical Management of Eating Disorders ..51Medical Management of the Surgical
Patient...................................................66Medical Sciences.......................................12Medical Statistics from A to Z .....................9Medical Therapy of Breast Cancer .............16Medicine, Science and Merck ....................13Medico-Legal Back: An Illustrated Guide,
The........................................................26Medicolegal Essentials in Healthcare.........27
Meisels, Samuel J. .....................................45Meldrum, Deborah......................................1Memory Disorders in Psychiatric Practice ...56Mendez, Mario .........................................54Menezes, Leon....................................30, 64Meniru, Godwin I......................................63Menon, David K..........................................2Mental Health Matrix, The.........................59Menz, Hylton B. ........................................14Mercuri, Eugenio.......................................24Merello, Marcelo.......................................54Merion, Robert M. ....................................66Merry, Alan ...............................................26Metzger, William J. ....................................63Microbial Inhabitants of Humans ..............19Micromanipulation in Assisted Conception..62Microscopy and Microanalysis ...................33Middleton, Janice......................................41Miller, Charles C..........................................9Miller, Van S..............................................36Mills, Ken....................................................7Mills, Simon................................................4Mills, Simon J..............................................3Minns, Robert ...........................................22Misra, R. R................................................32Misra, Rakesh R. .......................................30Mitchell, Adam W. M.................................31Modelling and Managing the Depressive
Disorders ...............................................52Moffat, Leslie............................................44Moffett, Ashley .........................................61Moore, Elizabeth A....................................31Moral Economy of AIDS in South Africa,
The........................................................19Morbid Obesity ...........................................2Morgan, Hugh ..........................................58Morrell, Martha J. .....................................37Morrey, Bernard F......................................65Morrison, Patrick J. ...................................16Mortimer, David ........................................61Mortimer, Sharon T. ...................................61Mossialos, Elias.........................................30Mountjoy, C. Q..........................................58Movement Disorders in Children ...............22MRI from A to Z........................................30MRI from Picture to Proton .......................31Mullen, Paul E. .........................................57Multiaxial Classification of Child and
Adolescent Psychiatric Disorders ............48Multivariable Analysis .................................8Munro, Alistair ..........................................58Muntner, Nancy ..................................55, 56Murphy, Kieran .........................................52Murray, Robin ...........................................51Murray, Robin M.......................................53Myelodysplastic Syndromes .......................15
NNagel, Ronald L. .......................................17Naiman, J. Lawrence .................................15Nanson, Justine ..........................................4Nash, Timothy.............................................5Nattrass, Nicoli .........................................19Nedelman, Deborah Jo..............................59Neonatal Behavioral Assessment Scale ......24Neonatal Hematology ...............................15Neonatal Nutrition and Metabolism ..........40Neoplastic Diseases of the Blood ..............17Neurocutaneous Disorders ........................36Neurodegenerative Diseases .....................35Neurodevelopment and Schizophrenia ......53Neurodevelopmental Approach to
Specific Learning Disorders, A.................24Neurodevelopmental Mechanisms in
Psychopathology....................................57Neurological Assessment of the Preterm
and Full-term Newborn Infant, The.........24Neurological Basis for the Treatment of
Cerebral Palsy, A ....................................24Neuron Glia Biology..................................39Neuropathology of Dementia, The .............35
Author and Title Index
71
Neuropsychiatry: An Introductory Approach..56Neuropsychiatry of Epilepsy, The................37Neville, Brian ............................................24Newborn Brain, The ..................................45Newell, Marie-Louise ................................20Newman, Stanton.....................................58Newton, Edward J.......................................7Nierenberg, Andrew A...............................58Nieschlag, E..............................................61Nieschlag, S. .............................................61Nitric Oxide in Bone and Joint Disease ......63Noah, Norman..........................................10Nord, Erik .................................................28Norman, Jane ...........................................61Norwood, Ann E. ................................49, 50Noyes, Jr, Russell.......................................59Nugent, J. Kevin ........................................24Nurcombe, Barry .......................................59Nurse Prescriber........................................42Nurse Prescribing......................................41Nusbaum, Margaret..................................61
OO'Brien, Gregory .................................23, 24O'Brien, L. Stephen ...................................59O'Connor, Brian J. .....................................63O'Connor, Vivienne ...................................42O'Donnell, Paul.........................................32Oakley, Jason............................................32Oakley, Melanie ..........................................3Obstetrics, Gynaecology and Women's
Health ...................................................42Oh, Tomasina M. ......................................53Oliver, Adam .............................................30Ooi, C. G. C...............................................30Operating Department Practice A-Z .............6Opitz, John M. ..........................................43Orthopaedic Anaesthesia ............................2Outcomes Assessment in Cancer ...............16Outcomes in Neurodevelopmental and
Genetic Disorders...................................47Overton, Caroline......................................62
PPaediatric and Adolescent Gynaecology.....43Page, Andrew ...........................................52Page, Clive P. ......................................18, 63Pahl, Jan...................................................29Palliative & Supportive Care ......................29Pandolfo, Massimo....................................38Papadopoulos, Linda.................................52Pape, Hans-Christian.................................64Parasitology ..............................................10Parchment, Ralph E...................................18Parental Psychiatric Disorder .....................50Parker, Gordon..........................................52Parker, James D. A.....................................58Parker, Michael ...................................25, 26Parkinson's Disease and Parkinsonism
in the Elderly .........................................14Parks, R. W................................................65Parry, Eldryd..............................................12Pathé, Michele ..........................................57Paton, Carol..............................................55Patsalos, Philip..........................................37Paulus, David A...........................................1Paw, Henry G. W. ....................................4, 6Paykel, E. S. ..............................................60Payne-James, J. Jason................................51Payne-James, Jason.............................27, 28Peacock, Geraldine....................................58Pearce, Adrian.............................................6Peck, T. E. ...................................................5Peck, Tom ...................................................4Peden, Carol ...............................................5Pediatric Orthopedics for Primary Care
Physicians..............................................44Perantoni, Alan O......................................18Percutaneous Tracheostomy.........................6Periera, Stephen..................................55, 59
Perris, Carlo ..............................................57Perris, T. M. .................................................2Perry, Frankie ............................................28Peyton, J. W. Rodney ...................................8Pharmacogenetics of Psychotropic Drugs...55Pharmacology for Anaesthesia and
Intensive Care..........................................5Phillips, R. S. ............................................10Physics for Anaesthesia ...............................1Pierce, G. Barry .........................................18Pierrot-Deseilligny, Emmanuel ...................34Pillmann, Frank .........................................49Pilnik, Samuel ...........................................16Pinnock, C. A. .............................................3Pinnock, Colin.........................................2, 4Pirozzo, Sandi Lynn .....................................8Plaat, Felicity ..............................................2Plastic Surgery ..........................................65Plasticity in the Human Nervous System ....37Platelets in Thrombotic and
Non-thrombotic Disorders ......................18Pliskin, Joseph ..........................................10Polak, Julia M. ....................................63, 66Pollard, B. J. ................................................3Portenoy, MD, Russell K. ...........................17Porter, Kathy B. .........................................43Porter, Roy ................................................13Poskitt, Elizabeth M. E. .............................45Poston, Lucilla...........................................34Power, Michael L.......................................61Practical Child and Adolescent
Psychopharmacology..............................47Practical Gynaecological Ultrasound ..........32Practical Orthopaedics for Junior Surgeons..64Practical Procedures in Trauma Surgery......64Practical Radiotherapy ..............................32Practice Development in Mental
Healthcare .............................................59Prader-Willi Syndrome...............................50Prechtl, Heinz F. R. ....................................20Prechtl's Method on the Qualitative
Assessment of General Movements inPreterm, Term and Young Infants............20
Preterm Labour.........................................61Preventing Intellectual Disability................25Preventive Management of Children with
Congenital Anomalies and Syndromes....45Price, Christopher P. ..................................43Price, David...............................................28Prince, Martin R. .......................................31Principles and Practice of Emergency
Neurology................................................8Principles and Techniques of Practical
Biochemistry ..........................................34Principles of Medicine in Africa .................12Principles of Surgery Vivas.........................64Progress in Pathology ...............................44Psychiatric and Behavioural Disorders in
Developmental Disabilities and MentalRetardation............................................57
Psychiatric and Cognitive Disorders inParkinson's Disease ...............................54
Psychiatric Intensive Care..........................55Psychodermatology ...................................52Psychological Debriefing ...........................57Psychological Medicine .............................60Psychotherapy and Counselling in Practice ..56Psychotherapy with Children and
Adolescents ...........................................48Public Health at the Crossroads ................60Pui, Ching-Hon .........................................16Purcell, Rosemary......................................57
QQBase Anaesthesia .....................................4QBase for the Undergraduate MB .............12QBase Radiology.......................................32QBase Surgery ....................................65, 66Quality and Risk Management in the
IVF Laboratory .......................................61
RRadermacher, Harriet ................................37Radetzki, Marcus ......................................27Radetzki, Marian.......................................27Radiology for Anaesthesia and Intensive
Care ........................................................5Radiology Made Easy................................33Ramrakha, Punit ...................................4, 12Raphael, Beverley ...............................50, 57Rapley, Mark.............................................54Rasbridge, Lance A. ..................................11Rayter, Zenon............................................16Read, Jennifer S. .......................................45Reardon, Michael J. ....................................9Recent Advances in Anaesthesia and
Intensive Care..........................................1Recognition and Management of Early
Psychosis, The ........................................57Recovery after Stroke ................................34Reducing the Stigma of Mental Illness.......55Refugee and Immigrant Health .................11Reinecke, Mark A. .....................................53Reiser, Stanley J. .......................................28Remschmidt, Helmut.................................48Reviews in Clinical Gerontology ................15Ribes, Julie A. ...........................................62Rice, Thomas.............................................30Richards, Martin........................................27Richards, P. S.............................................32Risk Stratification........................................9Ritz, Jerome..............................................17Roach, E. Steve .........................................36Robbins, Trevor W......................................39Robertson, Colin .........................................8Robertson, Ian H.......................................38Robson, Stephen.......................................41Rodeck, Charles ........................................45Ron, Maria A. ...........................................39Rorty, Mary ...............................................40Rosenbaum, Peter L. .................................21Rosenfeld, Jo Ann ...............................42, 61Roth, Martin .............................................58Rothwell, Nancy........................................12Roulet-Perez, Elaine ..................................22Rowe, Cynthia L........................................46Rowe, Dominic..........................................35Rowe, Patrick J..........................................63Russell, Claudia ..........................................6Russell, Dianne .........................................21Russell, Dianne J. ......................................21Rutter, Michael .........................................48Rutter, Sir Michael.....................................48
SSafi, Hazim J. ..............................................9Salmonella Infections ................................20Sandberg, Seija.........................................47Sargent, Michael.......................................61Sarode, Ravi..............................................15Sarraf, Catherine .......................................18Sartorius, Norman.....................................55Satoh, Nori ...............................................63Scambler, Peter .........................................52Schachter, Michael ....................................34Schizophrenia, Culture, and Subjectivity.....53Schizophrenia in Children and
Adolescents ...........................................48Schizophrenic Speech................................53Schmitz, Bettina........................................37Schoub, Barry D. .......................................19Schulkin, Jay .............................................61Schulze, Hugh...........................................55Scolding, Neil J. ........................................35Scrutton, David ...................................21, 24Seear, M. D. ..............................................45Seeman, Mary V. .......................................50Seivewright, Nicholas................................51Self in Neuroscience and Psychiatry, The....50Selzer, Michael..........................................35Senn, Stephen...........................................10
Author and Title Index
For regular email alerts visit www.cambridge.org/alerts
72
Serhal, Paul ..............................................62Servant, Chris ...........................................64Service, Mike.............................................34Sexual Health across the Lifecycle .............61Scott, Andrew .............................................4Shah, Sid M. ...............................................8Shaken Baby Syndrome and Other Non-
Accidental Head Injuries in Children.......22Sharpe, Virginia Ashby...............................28Shepherd, Neil A. ......................................44Sherrington, Catherine ..............................14Shonkoff, Jack P. .......................................45Short Answer Questions in Anaesthesia.......4Sidwell, Rachel .........................................45Sidwell, Rachel U. .....................................46Siegel, Joanna...........................................10Silman, Alan J. ............................................9Silverman, Wendy K. .................................48Silverman, William ....................................40Skinner, Andrew..........................................8Skinner, David V. .........................................7Slade, John .................................................1Sleep Disturbance in Children and
Adolescents with Disorders of Development .........................................22
Smith, Brian................................................6Smith, Robert B.........................................66Smith, Tim...................................................2Smock, William .........................................28Smudge ....................................................12Snyder, Claire............................................16Social Construction of Intellectual
Disability, The.........................................54Social Origins of Health and Well-being,
The..........................................................8Social Policy and Society ...........................29Somatoform Disorders ..............................52Soothill, Peter ...........................................43Specific Learning Disabilities and
Difficulties in Children and Adolescents ..47Sperm Collection and Processing Methods..63Spina, Domenico.......................................63Sprigg, Alan ..............................................31Stack, C. G..................................................5Stahl, Stephen M. ...............................55, 56Stalkers and their Victims ..........................57Stanhope, Richard.....................................43Stanley, David ...........................................65Stanley, Fiona J. ........................................21Stark, Margaret M. ...................................51Starkstein, Sergio E. ..................................54Statistical Modeling for Biomedical
Researchers .............................................9Steen, Elaine.............................................13Stein, Dan J. .............................................55Steinberg, Martin H. .................................17Steinhausen, Hans-Christoph ....................46Stevenson, David K. ..................................40Stocksley, Mike .........................................32Stone, Christopher ....................................65Storer, Thomas W. .....................................63Stores, Gregory ...................................22, 48Stress, the Brain and Depression ...............54Stroke and Cerebrovascular Disease in
Childhood..............................................23Stroke Syndromes .....................................36Stroke Syndromes and Uncommon
Causes of Stroke Set ..............................36Stroke Treatment and Prevention...............34Strong, Barbara...........................................7Stuss, Donald T..........................................38Sudden Death in Infancy, Childhood and
Adolescence ..........................................44Suetens, Paul ............................................31Suicide in Children and Adolescents ..........46Sunshine, Philip ........................................40Surgery MCQs and EMQs..........................65Surgical Anatomy of the Heart ..................64Surgical Critical Care.................................65Surgical Critical Care Vivas........................65Surviving Stalking .....................................57
Susceptibility to Infectious Diseases...........20Susser, Ezra...............................................53Svoboda, William B. ..................................37Swain, Andrew............................................8Symptoms and Signs of Substance Misuse ..51Systematic Reviews in Health Care..............9Szuba, Martin P.........................................54
TTansella, Michele ......................................59Tantam, Digby...........................................56Taylor, Andrew ............................................6Taylor, Graeme J........................................58Taylor, Michael Alan ..................................52Terrorism and Disaster ..............................50Testosterone .............................................61Textbook of Neural Repair and
Rehabilitation ........................................35Textbook of Neuroanaesthesia and
Critical Care.............................................2Textbook of Obstetric Anaesthesia...............2Textbook of Pediatric HIV Care..................45Thomasma, David C. .................................27Thompson, Matt M. ..................................64Thompson, Mike .......................................45Thomson, Mike .........................................46Thornicroft, Graham..................................59Thrush, Abigail ..........................................32Thureen, Patti J. ........................................40Tinnitus Retraining Therapy .......................38Top Tips in Anaesthesia...............................2Tracheostomy..............................................6Transplant Patient, The ..............................66Traumatic Events and Mental Health .........59Treatment of Anxiety Disorders, The...........52Treatment of Drinking Problems, The .........51Treatment of Gait Problems in Cerebral
Palsy, The...............................................21Treatment-Resistant Mood Disorders .........58Tredger, J. Michael.....................................43Treffers, Philip D. A....................................48Treppner, Peter..........................................58Trimble, Michael..................................37, 52Trojanowski, John Q..................................35Trostle, James A. .......................................10Troubled Helix, The....................................27Trounson, Alan O. .....................................62Trull, Andrew K. ........................................43Trzepacz, Paula T. ......................................66Tuberous Sclerosis Complex ......................23Tulandi, Togas...........................................42Turner, John M. ...........................................2Twisk, Jos W. R. ..........................................9Tym, Elizabeth ..........................................58
UUdwin, Orlee ............................................47Uncommon Causes of Stroke ....................36Undergraduate Paediatrics ........................45Understanding Cancer ..............................18Upper Motor Neurone Syndrome and
Spasticity ...............................................38Urquhart, John....................................1, 2, 4Ursano, Robert J. ................................49, 50Uterine Fibroids ........................................42Uthappa, M. C. .........................................32
VVagelos, P. Roy..........................................13van Os, J. ............................................53, 54van Praag, H. M........................................54Vascular Disease .......................................42Vegetative State, The.................................38Velo-cardio-facial Syndrome......................52Verkerk, Marian ........................................25Vermylen, Jos............................................18Visual Neuroscience..................................39Vitamin Responsive Conditions in
Paediatric Neurology..............................24
Viva Tutorials for Surgeons in Training .......64
WWajed, S. A. ..............................................66Wajed, Saj ................................................65Waksman, Byron.......................................39Waldman, Adam D....................................30Walker, Carl ..............................................52Walker, Elaine F. ........................................57Walker, H. Kenneth....................................66Walker, John .............................................34Wall, Ian...................................................27Walsh, Louise ...........................................10Walton of Detchant, Lord..........................36Warach, Steven.........................................35Ward Ethics ..............................................27Warnes, Tony ............................................14Watson, J. P. .............................................59Webb, Penny Margaret................................8Webster, Jeni ............................................50Weeks, Jane..............................................10Wehmeier, Peter Matthias .........................48Wein, Simon .............................................29Weiner, Dennis S. ......................................44Weinman, John.........................................58Weitzman, Sheila ......................................16Werner, Eric ..............................................15West, Robert.............................................58Wheeler, Dan ..............................................6Whelan, Edmund ........................................7White, Emert...............................................4White, Stuart M. .......................................28Whitmore, Kingsley ...................................24Whittingam, Tony......................................32Whittington, Joyce ....................................50WHO Laboratory Manual for the
Examination of Human Semen and Sperm-Cervical Mucus Interaction ..........62
WHO Manual for the StandardizedInvestigation, Diagnosis and Management of the Infertile Male..........63
Who Wants to be a Scientist? ...................12Widdershoven, Guy...................................25Widdows, Heather ....................................25Wiernik, MD, Peter H. ...............................17Wiggs, Lucinda .........................................22Wikler, Daniel ...........................................26Wilcox, Benson R. .....................................64Wilkins, Bridget S......................................43Willems, Guy.............................................24Williams, M. ...............................................5Williams, Mark..........................................43Williams, Tom .............................................6Wilson, Golder N. .....................................45Wilson, John.............................................57Wilson, Keith ............................................34Wilson, Michael ..................................19, 20Wincup, Emma..........................................29Winocur, Gordon.......................................38Wokke, John H. J.......................................39Women and Schizophrenia........................53Women with Epilepsy ...............................37Women's Health in Mid-Life......................42Woodhouse, K. .........................................15World Health Organisation..................48, 62Wright, Dennis H. .....................................43
YYacoub, Magdi H. .....................................66Yen, Vincent..............................................14
ZZaro, Jean S. .............................................59Zeichner, Steven L. ....................................45Ziemann, Ulf .............................................37Zigler, Edward F...................................45, 58Zygote ......................................................63
Author and Title Index
Cover illustration, NeuralOverload, by Jim Dowdalls.Courtesy of the Science Photo Library, UK
United Kingdom and IrelandAcademic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building Cambridge CB2 2RU, UK
Phone 01223 325892Fax 01223 325891Email [email protected] www.uk.cambridge.org
Continental Europe (excluding Iberia),Middle East, North AfricaAcademic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh BuildingCambridge CB2 2RU, UK
Phone + 44 1223 325901Fax + 44 1223 325983Email [email protected] www.uk.cambridge.org
IberiaCambridge University Press Iberian BranchBasílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain
Phone + 34 91 360 46 06Fax + 34 91 360 45 70Email [email protected] www.cambridge.org/iberia
AsiaCambridge University Press Asian Branch10 Hoe Chiang Road, 08 – 01/02 Keppel TowersSingapore 089315
Phone + 65 6323 2701Fax + 65 6323 2370Email [email protected]
North and Central AmericaCambridge University Press North American Branch 40 West 20th Street, New York, NY 10011-4211, USA
Phone + 1 212 924 3900Fax + 1 212 691 3239Email [email protected] www.us.cambridge.org
South America and Hispanic CaribbeanCambridge University Press South American BranchAv Paulista, 807 Conj 1218, 01311-915 São Paulo - SPBrazil
Phone + 55 11 285 0455Fax + 55 11 285 0455Email [email protected] www.cambridge.org/samerica
Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speakingCaribbeanCambridge University Press African BranchLower Ground Floor, Nautica Building The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005CapeTown, South Africa
Phone + 27 21 412 7800Fax + 27 21 419 0594Email [email protected] www.cambridge.org/africa
Australia and New ZealandCambridge University Press Australian Branch477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207Australia
Phone +61 3 8671 1411Fax +61 3 9676 9955Email [email protected] www.au.cambridge.org
Elsewhere and general enquiriesCambridge University Press, The Edinburgh BuildingCambridge CB2 2RU, UK
Phone + 44 1223 312393Fax + 44 1223 315052Email [email protected] www.cambridge.org/international
Printed in the United Kingdom at the University Press, Cambridge
BooksellersFor order processing and customer service, please contact:
UK and Europe InternationalCatherine Atkins Phone + 44 (0)1223 325566 Sophie Ailyati- Phone + 44 (0)1223 325577
Fax + 44 (0)1223 325959 Singleton Fax + 44 (0)1223 325151Email [email protected] Email [email protected] [email protected]
Your telephone call may be monitored for training purposes.Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or at www.PubEasy.com
Cambridge University PressBookshopCambridge University Press Bookshopoccupies the historic site of 1 TrinityStreet, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale.
Bookshop Manager: Cathy AshbeePhone + 44 (0)1223 333333Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954Email [email protected]
Customer Services
Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60countries around the world; our publications are availablethrough bookshops in virtuallyevery country.
Cambridge University Press Around the World
September 2005
Cambridge University PressThe Edinburgh BuildingCambridge CB2 2RU, UK
www.cambridge.org/medicine
Medicine from Cambridge
� See page 30
� See page 41
� See page 11 � See page 35